PREFACE

TO THE NEW EDITION. As I am growing old I begin to feel that it is difficult, if not impossible, to eep m! boo s !oung, or to re"i"e them constantl! b! what we call new editions. When I had re"ised the last edition of m! #ans rit $rammar, I bade farewell to it. What I had wished to achie"e, little as it ma! seem, I had achie"ed, namel!, to suppl! a grammatical manual, correct. in all its rules and paradigms, and contain% ing for all important matters references to &anini, the highest grammatical authorit!, recognised '# such b! all post%(edic writers of #ans rit. It ma! not seem, as I said, to be ), "er! high aim to produce a correct grammar, and to ma e its correctness dependent on the authorit! of another grammarian. *ut when we e+amine other grammars, and see, for instance, such forms as n,man gi"en through successi"e editions as a Nominati"e and Accu .. sati"e singular, when we see such breaches of the simplest phonetic rules as in *enfe!-s impossible form ad a t.am ., etc., matched in one of the most recent #ans rit $rammars b! Whitne! /a r aut t a ttl) t, a, claim to freedom from clerical errors will hardl! be considered a "er! modest claim. N or do I flatter m!self to ha"e alwa!s reached that standard of cor% rectness which is represented to us in the trul! mar"ellous .wor of panini. . It has been argued, not without0 a certain plausibilit!, that no grammar, not e"en that of &anini, ought to be constituted into an infallible tribunal, but that the Ian .. guage itself and the literature should form the final court
1ur2e $rammati , 3 456, i+, p. .7', paradigm dah. , #ans rit $rammar, 3 ''4, paradigm r u d h.
.

IV

&8.E9A:E

of appeal in all ;uestions of -grammatical%right or wrong. True as this principle would be e"er!where else, it is not so in #ans rit, at least, not with regard to that literature for which alone m! grammar is intended. The whole of #an% s rit literature, with the e+ception of the (edic and the *uddhistic, is so completel! under the swa! of &anini-s rules that e"en a poet li e 1alidasa would be considered guilt! of a grammatical blunder, if he used a form not recog% nised b! panini. This is a state of things un nown in an! other literature, and supplies, I belie"e, a perfect <ustifica% tion for the absolute deference paid b! m!self and others to &anini-s authorit!. . There is, of course, some debatable land, such as the two great epic poems, and again, some rifaccimenti of -(edic wor s, such as =anu and otherIaw%boo s, in which ancient handasa forms occur and in which &anini-s authorit! is not completel! recognised. #till e"en there the more ancient and more historical forms, which contra"ene the rules of &anini, are loo ed upon b! all nati"e scholars as e+ceptions, so much so that when I m!self appealed to the. authorit! of (!asa. the reputed author of the =ah'.bharata, in support of such a form as himsas"a, which, in m! #ans rit trans% lation of -$od sa"e the >ueen,- I had borrowed from the =ah'.bharata, I was told that this form, not ha"ing the authorit! of &anini, would be offensi"e to the ears of nati"e scholars. Though the case was b! no means so clear as m! friendl! critics imagined, I gladl! !ielded to their remon% strances, changing himsas"a into u hinddhi. =! own opinion was, and is still, that a #ans rit $rammar for *eginners, such as mine was meant to be, and a grammar that might safel! be used b! candidates for the :i"il #er"ice of India, without their running the ris of being punished for forms which the! learn from well%accredited boo s, should not attempt more than to gi"e such rules as can claim the authorit! of panini. To attempt the higher tas of writing an historical grammar of the #ans rit language,

TO THE NEW EDITION.

ne"er entered m! mind. If one nows the difficulties of an historical grammar of $ree , ?atin, or $erman, one ma! well doubt whether the time has come for attempting a histor! of the language of a countr! in which nothing is so entirel! absent as histor!. I now, of course, that I ha"e been charged with inconsistenc!, because I "entured to intro% duce into m! grammar the (edic s!stem of accentuation, , which is not recognised in post %(edic #ans rit, and has its proper place in an historical grammar onl!. I must plead guilt! to that charge, but I considered the accent '@ useful for purel! practical purposes, and so full of interest for the #cience of ?anguage, that I decided to mar it through .. out, at least in the transliterated portions of m! grammar, where"er it could be done with certaint! and with a hope of practical usefulness. It is interesting to see how the same ob<ections which were raised against the old $ree and ?atin school%gram% mars, begin to be raised against the grammars of #ans rit. It is well nown that e"er so man! forms are gi"en in the paradigms of rtnrrOA and amo, which are ne"er found in real% use, while some are actuall! impossible. It can hardl! be called a "er! startling disco"er!, therefore, that in #ans rit grammars also man! forms occur which are gi"en for the sa e of s!stematic completeness onl!. I now at least of no scholar who imagined that all the forms gi"en in the paradigms of a #ans rit grammar ha"e actuall! been met with in literar! wor s. *ut how can that -be, helped . &upils must learn their paradigms b! rote, and no one would suggest lea"ing outthe gen. plur. of mensa, because it ne"er occurred in an! classical ?atin author. #hould we lea"e out the rules according to which linquo forms its participle lictu8, because in classical ?atin it ne"er occurs e+cept in rreJictu8 . Though we ma! spea with a certain amount of -confidence, when we -sa! that tollo, for instance, alwa!s forms its perfect with a preposition, namel!, 8'Ustuli, who would "enture in the present state of #ans rit, scholar%.

PREFACE ship to sa! which roots, as collected b! nati"e gramma% rians, occur with or without prepositions, which ha"e been used b! certain writers or in certain periods onl!, and .which are merel! presupposed in order to account, rightl! or wrongl!, for the formation of substanti"es, ad<ecti"es, or particles , We ma! all ha"e an ideal conception of what an historical grammar of #ans rit ought to be, but true scholars do not as for what is impossible.. The! .ere satisfied if the! . can place into the hands of !oung students a grammatical manual which at all e"ents does not teach them forms which the! -ha"e afterwards to unlearn, and which e"er! e+aminer would mar as - (er! *ad., The first beginnings which ha"e been made in collecting materials for a reall! historical grammar of #ans rit are, no doubt, "er! "aluable, particularl! when the! are confined to certain chapters of grammar, or again, to certain periods within which some ind of completeness is attainable, e"en in the present state of #ans rit scholarship. #cholars such as *enfe!, ?udwig, Delbriic , Wilhelm, Aoll!, Aacobi, ?an% man, A"er!, *loomfield, Edgren and others ha"e rendered most e+cellent ser"ice in collecting materials with which hereafter a Histor! of the ?anguage of India ma! be con% structed, and e"en the attempt, premature as no doubt it is, to gather up these materials into some ind of historical grammar reflects great credit both on the courage and on the industr! of &rofessor Whitne!, of Bale :ollege in America. *ut is an historical grammarC of #ans rit possible, before we now the real histor! of #ans rit . Does the (edic literature which we possess in its four periods, the 1handas, =antra, *rAhmana, and #utra periods, reall! represent the whole of the ancient histor! of #ans rit . What is that bDshE literature, presupposed in &anini-s grammar, which is not (edie, and !et trul! historical F What is the real date of &anini-s grammar, which forms the one broad line of demarcation between natural and scholastic #ans rit . What is the date of the =ahabharata and 8ama%

TO THE NEW EDITION.

"ii

!ana, and can we distinguish in them between portions that conform. and others that do not conform to the rules of &anini . What is the date of the introduction of writing into India, first for monumental, and afterwards for purel! literar! purposes I When can we detect the f st certain traces of *uddhism, of $ree influences, and of that complete literar! paral!sis which seems to ha"e been produced in India b! the in"asion of Northern *arbarians . ?astl!, what is the- earliest date that can be assigned to what I ha"e called -the 8enaissance of #ans rit ?iterature,- which com% prises nearl! all the wor s that ha"e hitherto been studied in our schools and uni"ersities . These are a few of the ;uestions which will ha"e to be answered before we can form a conception of what an his% torical grammar of #ans rit ought to be. And e"en if all these ;uestions should admit of some ind of pro"isional answer, enabling us to construct a practicable road through the drifting sands of Indian chronolog!, how could we spea of a histor! of the language of India, in which the trul! historical literar! monuments, the boo s collected in the *uddhist :anon, whether written in &aAi or in se"eral distinct dialects of #ans rit, find no placeIt is eas! to ignore the fact that the edicts of ing Aso a in the third centur! *. c., and again, the =athura Inscriptions of the time of ing 1anish a represent the real histor! of the language of India, and that the :hinese translations of literar! wor s belonging to the *uddhist :anon authenticate the "er! language in which the! are written at a time when (edic literature had ceased, and modern #ans rit literature had not !et begun to e+ist. *ut these are stubborn facts, and howe"er much ignored at present, the! will hF"e to be rec oned with sooner or later. ?astl!, can that be called a histor! of the language of India, in which the true relation between #ans rit and &rA rit, whether real or artificial, has not been determined, and in which the ;uestion whether the later scholastic #ans rit, beginning from the fifth centur! A. D., is

(lll

'...

PREFACE

a natural de"elopment or an artificial renai8sance, is ne"er e"en mooted . If with the indices to the (eda, to &anini, to the =ahabharata, 8'.ma!ana, and =anu, and with the materials so laboriousl! collected in *oehtling and 8oth-s Dictionar!, we could hope to construct a complete histor! of #ans rit, an historical grammar of #ans rit might indeed seem within the limits of possibilit!. *ut considering how man! connecting lin s are still wanting. and how man! new disco"eries ha"e been made of late b! &rofessor *uhler and others, particularl! with reference to that true histor! of -language which can be read in Inscriptions onl!, all scholars will probabl! hold here also discretion the better part of "alour. . It gi"es me real pleasure to e+press my sincere gratitude to &rofessor Whitne!, and e"en more to his prede% cessors and fellow%wor ers, for the light which their labours ha"e shed on certain phases in the historical growth of #an% s rit, and for the laboriousl! constructed indices which the! ha"e so generousl! placed at our disposal, but I cannot but ;uestion the wisdom of embod!ing these results in a practical grammar of the #ans rit language. When a demand arose in England for such a grammar, a grammar that might safel! be placed in the hands of begin% ners, feeling une;ual m!self to the tas of preparing a new edition of m! grammar, I re;uested =r. =acdonell to under% ta e the tas of not onl! re"ising, but of considerabl! shortening it. =r. =acdonell has had far more e+perience as a teacher than I can claim, and I ha"e left him perfectl! free in his choice of what he considered essential to beginners. To him will belong the whole credit, if m! grammar should . , continue to pro"e useful to !oung students of #ans rit, and I now lea"e it to him to e+plain the principles b! which he has been guided in adapting m! old grammar to the re;uire% ments of his pupils. F. M. M.
I

=A?OAA,

EN$ADIN,

August

4@,

.''6.

TO TIlE

NEW EDITION.

i+

THE e+perience of some !ears- teaching has con"inced me that #ans rit, compared with other dead languages, is not difficult to learn. The fact that the ordinar! #ans rit "erb has no sub<uncti"e, onl! one imperati"e, one infiniti"e, and two optati"es, altogether onl! thirteen. moods and tenses in each "oice, while $ree has upwards of thirt!, would alone go . far to pro"e the comparati"e simplicit! of #ans rit Acci% dence. Again, the absence in #ans rit of the indirect construction, which constitutes a conspicuous difficult! of #!nta+ in the classical languages, is in itself a tolerabl! clear proof that the structure of comple+ sentences in #ans rit must be far less in"ol"ed than in ?atin or $ree . On the other hand, though it must be admitted that the phonetic laws of #ans rit present greater difficulties than in other languages, most of these difficulties will disappear when it is pointed out that the rules of #andhi rest on two leading principles, the a"oidance of hiatus in the case of "owels and assimilation in the case of consonants. I feel sure that the e+aggerated idea of the difficulties of #ans rit commonl! entertained is due to the fact that the amount of matter contained in the #ans rit grammars hitherto published in England and America is far too e+hausti"e for elementar! purposes. .*eginners are not aware that a large proportion of the matter presented to them, though necessar! for a minute and critical nowledge or high proficienc! in composition, ma! be .altogether dispensed with b! those whose chief ob<ect is to be able to read with ease the best wor s of classical #ans rit literature. It was therefore with much pleasure that, at &rofessor =a+ =Dller-s re;uest, I undertoo the tas of abridging his grammar,%which is b! all #ans rit scholars accepted as a standard wor ,%and of adapting it to the re;uirements of the man! students who wish to obtain a good practical nowledge

&8E9A:E 0

of #ans rit, but ha"e not sufficient leisure to ma e a special stud! of the grammar. I feel . a confident hope that this edition will at the same time suppl! students of comparati"e philolog! with the essential grammatical nowledge of a language which must form the groundwor of their studies. It is chiefl! for their benefit that the accent, which pla!s so important a part Cin phonetic change, has been supplied throughout in the transliteration, e+cept where the word in ;uestion /this is mainl! the case in compoundsG does not occur in accentuated te+ts and analog! is not a safe guide. Transliterated sentences, howe"er, (in the chapter on the particles and that on s!nta+,G ha"e not been accented. The principle b! which I,ha"e been guided in the preparation of this new edition, is that an elementar! grammar should be as short, simple, clear, and as practical as possible. :on"inced of the supreme "alue of brevity, I ha"e made it m! aim to omit rules referring to words rarel! or ne"er to be met with in the boo s usuall! read, to a"oid o"erloading the rules actuall! gi"en with unimportant e+ceptions or with the mention of rare optional forms, and to pass o"er altogether those portions of the grammar, which though of minor prac% tical importance, it would ta e almost !ears of special stud! to master thoroughl!, notabl! the rules on the insertion of the intermediate F i. 9or the benefit of students desirous of obtaining a more minute nowledge of grammatical details, I ha"e added in parentheses at the beginning of each paragraph figures referring to the corresponding portions of &rofessor =a+ =Dller-s large edition. Witb a "iew to simplicity, I ha"e endea"oured, on the one band, to formulate as far as possible in the same words rules which ha"e points in common, and, on the other, to draw together rules whicb, though usualA! gi"en separatel!, ma! be learnt more easil! if combined under one head. I thin I ha"e thus, for instance, succeeded in simplif!ing con% siderabl! the rules on the #andhi of the diphthongs /4H, 46G, of the inter<ections /47, noteG, and of .I ah and Jm-I ai, /6.G,

TO THE

NEW EDITION.

+i

as well as the rules on the formation of the first aorist. On the same ground, the terminations of the first and the second con<ugations for the special forms ha"e, instead of being separated, been gi"en in a single table /.H4G. 9or the sa e of Clea'f'lU88, I ha"e added man! e+planations, without which learners would find a difficult! in understanding the application of the rule, for instance, those in 76 and 75 on the change of the dental nasal and sibilant to the lingual. To the same moti"e are due the obser"ations on the grouping of the "arious moods and tenses /.KKG and on the differences between the first and the second con<ugations /IC 4G. I ha"e also gi"en a number of notes calling attention to distinctions of forms which are otherwise almost certain to be confused, '', for e+ample, the declension of perfect participles Ii e rita"an and rurud"an /.@., note 4G, or drawing useful generali2ations from paradigms of declension and con<ugation, which it would ta e much time and obser"ation on the part of the student to ma e for himself, e. g. as to the instances in which the "ocati"e differs from the nominati"e /'4, Dote IG, or as to the form of .the nom. and "oc. sing. of changeable bases /.@6G. . In order to. gi"e this edition a thoroughl! practical character, I ha"e thought it worth while to appeal to the e!e% of the learner b!- printing in thic t!pe an! important point, or, in transliterated words, an! phonetic peculiarit! otherwise li el! to escape his attention. With the same end in "iew, I ha"e arranged in alphabetical order, the prepositions, the inter<ections, and the particles of common occurrence, de% "oting special attention to the meanings and uses of the latter as being of considerable practical importance to those who are beginning to read #ans rit. 9or the sa e of eas! reference I ha"e gi"en the Aist of "erbs /altogether 4@5G alphabeticall! also, omitting both "erbs- and "erbal forms which occur onl! in the grammarians. I ma! here remar in passing that I ha"e throughout the grammar refrained from ;uoting, in e+emplification of the rules gi"en, forms not occurring in the

LII

&8E9A:E

TO THE NEW EDITION.

literature, e+cept in the comparati"el! few cases where the opposite course .seemed necessar! on pedagogic grounds. In order to supplement what is omitted in it, the student should use the list of "erbs in connection with the paradigms of the "arious tenses and with the list of irregularities gi"en after each of the latter. I ha"e appended a chapter on s!nta+, which, though short, I thin will be found to contain all that the beginner wants, together with a brief s etch of the metres most commonl! to be met with in the classical literature. In conclusion, I must e+press m! obligations to &rof. #ten2ler-s elementar! #ans rit boo for suggesting to me the ad"isabilit! of either retaining or omitting "arious rules. To =r. Apte-s e+cellent $uide to #ans rit :omposition I am indebted for much of the matter contained both in the section on the use of the particles and in the chapter on s!nta+. MIn preparing the list of "erbs, I ha"e deri"ed much assistance from &rof. Whitne!-s "aluable new wor , -#an% s rit 8oots, (erb%9orms, and &rimar! Deri"ati"es.9or the s etch of #ans rit metres I ha"e found "er! ser"iceable &rof. Oldenberg-s article on the #lo a, in "ol. +++" of the Aournal of the $erman Oriental #ociet!, as well as &rof. Aacobi-s more recent article, -Nur ?ehre "om #loo.9rom &rof. Edgren-s #ans rit $rammar I ha"e deri"ed some sug% gestions as to arrangement, and some "aluable hints from &rof Whitne!-s article on the #tud! of #ans rit in the American Aournal of &hilolog! /"ol. ", NO.KG. To &rofessor =a+ =uller, abo"e all, are -due m! sincere than s for the ad"ice and help he has alwa!s gi"en me in this as well as in all other wor I ha"e underta en in #ans rit.
I -

.A.A.=.
EN(E*$A**B, N. *., #eptember,

A''#.

:ONTENT#.
:HA.&l-E* I.
SE T.

The Alphabet /.%.6G.

PAGE
4

The De"anAgar.letters O .. #ans rit and modem Indian dialects 4. :haracters in which #an% s rit is written alphabet. ,H. The "owels 6. :lassified table of letters 5. How to write the letters i. =ar s and signs O '. The sibilants O :*A&l-E* II.

#E:T.

K K
K 4 4 4 5

). The nasals . . 6 .@. The three nasal semi "owels 5 ... :onsonants without cor% responding nasals 5 .4. Anus"Ara before ', sh, s, h 6 .H. &eculiarities of letters in combination .6. ?isto:compoundconsonants .5. Numerical figures .7. 8ules of pronunoietion . .'. The accent, /.)%7)G.

PAOE

5 5
' ' 9

8ules of #andhi
.@ .@ II
II I I II

.). =eaning and use of #andhi 4@. :lassification of "owels O 4.. (owels meeting "owels /4.%47G. O O O O O 44. a and a followed b! other "owels and b! diphthongs 4K. ?i;uid "owels followed b! other "owels . . O . 4f. e and @ followed b! "owels 46. aiandaufollowedb!"owels 45. Dnchangeable "owels . . 47. Irregular #andhiP preposi% tions ending in a or ! followed b!e, @, or ri . 4'. The ele"en final consonants 4). No word ends in two conso% nants. O . O O O O K@. :lassificationofoonsonants, according to their organ K.. According to their ;ualit! K4. :hanges of organ and of ;ualit! . O O . . . KK. :hanges of organ affect dentals, Anus"ara, and (isarga onl! O O O O

.4 .4

.4

.K .K .H
.6 .6

I#

'H. 9inal t before palatals /e+% cept k, kk). . . . . '6. 9inal n before palatals . '5. 9inal t before the linguals /e+cept shG. . O . . K7. 9inal n before d, dk, n. . ''. :hanges of ;ualit! . . . '). 9inal , t, t, & before nasals H@. 9inal t before I O . . . H.. 9inal n before I . . . O H4. Doubling of final ii, n, n . H'. 9inal n before firsts and seconds . . . . . . HH. 9inal Ii andn before a, sh, ' H6. 9inal n before a or s/not shG H5. 9inal t before s . . . . H7. Anus"Ara, and final m. . H'. 9inal m ~n pau,8d, H). (isarga for final s and r . 6@. (isarga before soft letters. 6.. an, and ah before soft letters 64. 9inal radical r . 6K. 9inal r before initial r. . 6H. &ronouns *ah and eshah . 66. *hoh, bhagoh, aghoh . O

.5 .5 .5 .5 .7 .' .' .' .' .' .) .) .)

4@ 4I 4I 44 44 22 2" 2" 2"

LI(

:ONTENT#.
#!$% SE T. #!$%

. SE T.

65. Nouns ending in radical r. 4H 67. Initial lelt and medial kit 4H 6'. Initial ' changeable to leA. ! 6). Initial h after , t, t, -& . O 46 5@. 9inal aspiration thrown bac on initial . O ..46 . Fa.ndhi /5.%7)G 46 5.. InterpaA 54. ., h, ri before "owels O . 46 63. rt before oonsonante 45 5H. e, ai, @, au before "owels .045 56. i and u before radical r or " 45 55. Two final consonants im& possible. O . O O O 45 57. :onsonants remain un% changed before "owels, nasals, andsemi"owels O 47 :HA&TE8 III.

5'. Aspirates losing their aspi% ration . . . O O . 47 5). #oft aspirates followed b! . %t or th 0 . 0 O O . '( 7@. Dentals after linguals O O 2) (*. n.after k and g . 2) 74. n before sibilants. O O O 2) 7K. n before sem.i-"owels. O O 2) . 7H O. m changed to nP unchanged before !, r, . O O O O 2) .76. n changed to n 2) 75. s changed to sh O O O O 0K@ ,,77. sbefore t . O . . . . K. 7' .. s changed to t before s , O KQ 07). h before s is treated Ii e . . gh ..OO.OOO. K. /'@%.K@G.

Declension0

'@. I. Nouns. II. Numerals. III. &ronouns O . . K4 '.. $ender, number, and case. K4 '4. :ase%terminations . O O "2 'K. Nouns with, changeable bases. O O O . . O KK 'H. #trong cases 0 0 0 0 0 KK '6. I. :onsonant stems and 4. "owel stems. O O KH '5, A. Dnohangeable bases /'5%)6G0 . . 0 0 0 KH '7. *ases in gutturals, linguals, dentals, and lablals /'7% )*) + + + + + + + K6 ''. itrali h . . 0 O O O K6 '). harit, agnimath, suhrid, budh, gup, a ubh O O K5 )@. *ases in palatals OO F5 ).. *ases in nasals O O O O K' )4. *ases in semi "owels . O K' )K. *ases in sibilants and h 0 K) )H. E+ceptional cases in sibi .. 0 Ianta and h.. 0 0 K) )6. *ases in s OOO. H.%HK )5. *. :hangeable bases /)5% .@5G . . 0 0 O . . HK )7. Nouns with two bases /)7% .@@G%.. in at O 0 O HK 0)'. *ases in mat and "at O O HH . )). 4. *ases in in OOO O H6

mI l

.@@. KI *ases in t!as O O O O H6 .@.. Nouns with three bases /.@.%.@HG%.. "as . O H5 .@4. 4. *ases in an /man, "anG H7 .@K. Irregular bases in an O O H) .@HI. K. *ases in ale. -. 6@ .@6. &ractical hints on the de% clension of changeable bases. O O O O O O 52 .@5. Irregular nouns with changeable bases. . . 6K .@7. (owel bases /.@7%..KGI M aanda. O.OOO. .@'. *ases in radical a. O O . 5'S .@). *ases in i and u O O O . 66 ..@. IrregularitiesI pati, sa hi, a ahi, asthi, dadhi, sa thi 67 .... *ases in t and a . . . . 67 ..4. *ases in ri . 5@ ..K. *ases in al, @C au O . . 5. ..H. Degrees of comparisonI %tara., &tama + + + + 54 ..6. &rimar! suffi+esI %t!asC %ishtha O O O O O . 54 ..5. Numerals /n5%.4@GI :ar% dinals O O O O .. O 54 Declension of cardinals O 5H O O O O O . 56 ad"erbs. O O. ',

..). Ordinals .4@. Numerical

'

:ONTENT#. &l-onouna .4.. .44. .4K. .4H. .46. /.4.%.K@G.

-.

BBOT.

PAGE &ersonal pronouns O O . 57 Demon,tr. pronounsI tad. 5' idam. O O O .% O O O 5' adas. O O O O O O . 5) t!ad, etadP interrogati"e imP relati"e !ad O O 5) . :HA&TE8 I(.

SECT. PAGB .45. 8elle+i"e pronouns O 7@ .47. :ompound pronouns O O 7@ .4'. &ronouns of ;uantit! in !at and "at O O O .-. 7. .4). Indefinite pronouns. O O 7. .K@. &ronominal ad<ecti"es. O '(2 /.K.%4@5G.

:on<ugation

.K.. .K4. .KK. .KH. .K6.

Acti"e, middle, and passi"e 7K .6'. 9irstaorFI firatand second #ingular, dual, and plural 7K formsI irregularities .@H%5 Nine tenses and moods O 7K .6). Third form O O O O . .@5 #pecial and general forms 7H .5@. 9ourth form O.OO .@7 Two . con<ugations, ten .5.. #econd aoristI firstform . .@' cla''es. O O O O O 76 .54. Irregularities O O O O A@' .K5. 9ormation of pres. stemI .5K. #econd form OOOO .@) first con<ugation log 76 .5H. Thirdo.%reduplicatedform .K7. #econdcon<.I strong forms 75 .56. =etrical rh!thm in redu% .K'. Ad, Hu, #u, 8udh, Tan, plicated aorist O .-. log and /.r* class''. O O 75 .55. #pecial rule of redupl. O ..@ .K). The augment O O O O 77 .57. Irregularit!. O O O . no .H@. 8edupl.I- general rules . 7' .5'. #imple future . O O . ..@ .H.. #pecial rule for :lass III 7) .5). &eriphrastic future O O III .H4. TerminationsI table and .7@. :onditional O . .-. O II4 notes. O O O O O 7)%'. .7.. *enedicti"e /precati"eG O I.4 .HK. &aradigms OOO. '.%)K .74. =odification of root in .HHI. Irregularities of present Cbenedicti"eP paradigm IIK stems O O O O . )H%)' ,.-7K. &assi"eI terminations O II K .H6. $eneral or unmodified .7H. #pecial forms O . . . ..K tenses O O O O O O )' .76. :hanges of root before passi"e !a O O O O .IK .H5. 8edupl. perfectI special rules >f reduplication. )' .75. &aradigm of passi"e O . ..H .HI7. Onl! formed from primar! .77. $eneral forms of passi"e. ..H "erbs O O C C O O )) ,.7'. &eriphrastic perfect O . II6 .H'. TeA-IllinatioDs O O O O )) .7). Aorist passi"e, Krd sing .O ..6 )) .'@.% How formed. O O O O II6 .H). &eculiarit! of roots in a.. .6@. $una and ( riddhi in sing. .'.. Irregularities O O O O I .6 &arasmaipada O . O .@@ .'4. &res. and fut. participle. .I6 .6.. Wea ening of root before .'K. 8edupl. perf.F participle. ..5 accented terminations. .@@ .'H. &res.a.ndfut.Atmanepada .64. 9inal "owels before "owel a.nd passi"e participle. ..5 terminations. O O O .@. .'6. &erf. Atm. participle. . I .7 .6K. Irregularities O O O O .@. .'5. &erf. passi"e participle O II7 .6H. &aradigms O O .-. O IOl .'7. 9ut. passi"e participle O **) .66. &eriphrastic perfect, when .''. $erund or indecl. part. O ..) formed. O O O O O .@K .'). $erund suffi+%!a and%t!a II) .65. Irregularities ,.@H .)@. Indeclinable part. in %am , ..) .67. Two inds of aorists O O .@H .).. Infiniti"e. O C O O O I .)

-.i

:ONTENT#.

Deri"ati"e (erbs /.)4%4@5G.

*E:T. &A$E

.)4. .)K. .)H. .)6. .)5. .)7. .)'. .)).

:ausati"es, formation of. :ausati"es in %pa!a O O Irregular causati"es . O %a!a reFned in ge neF forms . O O O O O &assi"e of causati"F O O Desiderati"es O #pecial rules of redupl. O Irregularities O :lIA&TE* (.

.4@

.4@ .4@ .4@ .4. .4. .4. .44

#EOT. &A$E 4@@. Intensi"esI not formed b! all "erbs . O . . . .44 % 4@.. Two forms of the intensi"e *22 4@4. *ase medified before in% tensi"e &ya + + + + .44 4@K. :on<ugation of intensi"es .44 4@H. #pecial rules of redupl. O .4K 4@6. Irregular intensi"es . O .4K 4@5. Denominati"es, formation .4H

Indeolinable Words /F@7%4..G.

R4M@7. &repositions. O . O O .46.4.@. :on<unctions and other ,4@'. :ases go"erned b! them. .46 particles O O O .K5%.KK F). &repositional ad"erbs. O .46 4... Inter<ections O O O .KK%H
:HA&TE8

(I.

:ompound Words
4.6. 4.5. 4.7. . 4.'. 4.).

/4.4%4.)G.

4.4. Importance of compounds in #ans rit . . O O .KH 4.K. Three indsI determina% ti"es, copulati"es, and possessi"es . O O O .KH% 4.H. Dependentdeterminati"es .K6 . :HA&TE* (II. 44@. :haracteristic'@f#ans rit s!nta+. . . . . 44.. -Order of words . . . 444. Order of clauses 44K. The article . . . . 44H. Number . . . O . 446. :oncord . .O 445. &ronouns. . . . . 447. Nominati"e case . O 44'. Accusati"e case. 44). Double accusati"e. . 4K@. Instrumental .. 4K.. Dati"e . . 4K4. Ablati"e . . . . . 4KK. $eniti"e . . . . . 4KH. ?ocati"e . O . . . 4K6. ?oc, and gen. absolute 4K5. Time. and distance. O 4K7. &resent participle. . . .K) O .K) . .H@ O 0 H@ O .H1 . .H. ...H. O .H4 . .HK . .HK .HH . .H5 . .H7 O .H' . .H) . .6. O .64 O .64

Descripti"edeterminati"es .K5 :opulati"e compounds O .K7 &eculiarities of copulati"e compounds.... .K7 &ossessi"e compounds O .K7 &eculiaritiesofpossessi"es .K'

#!nta+ /44@%46SG. Act. and pass. past part .. .64 9uture passi"e participle .64 Indeclinable participle O .6K Infiniti"eI two inds O .6K Infiniti"e with ad<ecti"es and nouns O . . . .6H 4HK. No passi"e form of the infiniti"e O O O O O .6H 4HH. The present O O O O O .66 4,H6. Imperfect, perfect, aorist 0 66 4H5. #imple and periphrastic future O O O O O O .65 4H7. Imperati"e O O O O .O .65 4H'. Optati"e. . . O . O .65 4H). *enedicti"e /precati"eG O .67 46@. :onditional O O 0 O 0 .67 Appendi+I. ?ist of (erbs .6'%.77 Appendi+ II. =etre. O .7'%.'. #ans rit Inde+ .'4%.)4 4K'. 4K). 4H@. 4H.. 4H4.

#AN#18IT

$8A==A8.

THE
(OWE?#.
Initial. AIedlaI. E;ul-fllent.

DE( ANA$A8i ?ETTE8#.

'

'

a
A a

.k
"1g
l(

:ON#ONANT#.
. E;ul"alent.

E;ui"alent.

WIT

~kh

..
'

'

fl l
'

~n

gh

-EIi ph .f b
F bh

tf &

.TIm

~ k /or chQ O /orcbhG

11
.F

y
r

t& e&,

ri /or riG ~ fi /or fi) ti

~ " /or <G ~ #$ /or <hG
~ t /or

'"i

' '

,
' ' ' '
e

fifl
** ' /or sG

rt /or riG

tG

a%

th /or thG .

u /or Ii) i
It /or IiG

d /or

q)

l( sh

((
->I

%f'd$ /or ;hG ~ n /or l) Ct F th

,
+
'IJ

.
m)

it

ai

m /or m)

m /or

4IT
~T
''

' a
ifn
\I.dh

"

+ $ /or l0)

au

"

/$ih"Amdli!aG, L /DpadhmAni!aG,

:HA.&TEC8
THE A?&HA*ET.

I.

. /IG. The #ans rit, or sacred language, is the ancient Ut,rary language of the Hindae, 9rom the ancient popular dialects, called &rA rit, are descended most of the dialects of modern India, .

*engAli, Hindt, =aratht, $u<arA.tt, and Hindilstlnt.

4 /4G. #ans rit right. is written in De"anlgari character from left to in their letters, *engAll, $rantha, Telugu, and other modern Indian cha%

racters are also commonl! emplo!ed .for writing #ans rit respecti"e pro"inces. K /6G. The De"anagari alpbabet consiAts of fort!%eight thirteen "owels and thirt!%fi"e consonan.ts.

These represent e"er!

sound of the #ans rit language. H /.KG. The "owels are written diiferentl! according as the! are initial or follow a consonant. The! are I%

/aG #imple "owelsI .. /MG. a, F /fG is, F

4I (*)
/bG DiphthongsI
Note Note
I.

a, M /-G

t.) u,

C/,G

ri',

///eeG

u.

t, .. /FG il, 5I6 (.) "i.

c/.Go, M:lUau. e. g ... /or 8final) F,as this "owel

F:Ge,

5'7(')ai,

There is no

sign for0 medial

is eensidered to be inherent in -e"er! eonscnent,

4.

9 .m.

=edial /or DnalG -/ is written before0the consonant after

which it is pronounced, e. g. 7ftI :i,

Note K. If -., ri follows the consonant F r it retains its initial .form, and the r is written o"er itP thll' fPrHftrI nirritiA /cp. .HG.
% 2

THE A?&HA*ET.

6 /HG. The following table contains a complete classi5.cation with which the! are pronounced /see K@G.
H<r;, /tenuea.G

ot

all the letters of the De"anagart alphabet according to the organs

Hard. an;

%%
$utturals &alatals ?inguals Dentals ?abials

#oft. an; aspirated, aspirated, #oF Denuea /medle.G /medC uplratae.G uplrat,G

Na%
aala.

?l;uldl.

'.bllanta.

#hon. ?olli.-

=o>els.

Dlphthoop.

.Ii ~k ~t
-irt -;p

%% %%
0I? ~d Fd ~d&

%% %%
~il th
4

W h 'I t& ..th .. ph

lBn ilg

C gh ~#&l,

@K/LG
~8

..-. lI! tUn l8r iln

'I'm

.. sh tis LK/FG

.!

C dh Fbh

C;S1
:i-"
4

(a Ft !A * ' 'Ill#'# <..noFau 'iIli ~lt

5 8i

-lIT

Fe

ai

Dnmodified Nasal or Anus"ara, O m, or Dnmodified #ibilant or (isarga, I &.

t+, e. g.

'C

Fu

'Si*

'

am, or.-.

aF.

Dote&In the abo"e table, the first, second, and se"enth /sibi% lantsG columns contain hard soundsP the remaining consonants and all "owels are soft, 5 /KG. In >ritin? the De"anlgari alphabet, the distincti"e por% tion of each letter written FF, then the perpendicular, and lastl! the hori2ontal line, e. g. r, tI, if tao

is

7 /.'%4@G.

:onsonanta

to be pronounced >ith (irlma /,G.

without

an! "owel

after them are mar ed

Thus a: must be

-written F. -. At the end of a sentence or of a half%"erse, the sign I is used as a stopP emplo!ed.
.

at the end of ,a "erse or longer sentence, the sign II is

The palatals, being deri"ed from, gutturals,

are best trans%

literated b! ita.icised gutturals. 2 this not properl! a li;uid, but.a soft /sonantG breathing.
"

The signs for the guttural

and labial sibilants ha"e become

obsolete, and are replaced by (isarga. /IG.

THE A?&HA*ET.

A"agraha (s) mar s in our editions the elision of .. a at the beginning of a word, e. g. te pi for it te api. o mar s an abbre"iationI thus, F gatam, /gaGtena.

itsf;

o4

.mr

on

' /7G. There were oFginall!fi"e distinct signa for the sibilantsP but the signs for the guttural and labial sibilants ha"ing become obsolete, their place is supplied b! (isarga, the sign of the un% modified sibilant. ) /'G. -There are fiTe distinct letters for the fi"e nasalsF When these nasals are followed b! :O8sonants of their own class, the! are often, for the sa e of more e+peditious writing, replaced b! the sign of Anus"Ara. Thus we ma! >rite

4tinT

am itA for

F a.l itA, &.ifEInn am itA for.r.wt afl itAP umclitl for0 DftditAP F for F nanditAP ampitA for *I'fFnn ampitA.namditA The pronunciation remains.iftnn un% affected b! the change. -I-he same applies to finsA -V m, at the end of a sentence. Thus be written for Ft but it is reall! an m, and to be

,nmn

4fnT

...%t ma!

pronounced as such. .@ /)G. *esides the fi"e regular nasals, there are three nasali2ed letters, f, if, f, or li, ti, ,,5 , ai, 'w, hich are used to represent final '6 m, if followed b! an initial .. t. iI ., *f "P e. g. &#nf>

tar

!,

!Ati for labhateP

*i *ITftr tam !AtiP -.I.r> tai labhate for *i Mtam 36ftr "ahati for'Ii lftfir tam Wahati.

which ha"e no corresponding nasals are F r, F., -J sh, F s, h. % A final -V m, therefore, before an! ot these letters at the beginning of words, can onl! be repre% sented b! Anus"Ara, the natural or unmodified nasalP e. g. F tam ra shati, *i ttftr tam harati.

.. /I>G. The onl! consonants

ta-

.4 /I IG. In the bod! ot a word the onl! letters which can be preceded b! Anus"Ara are F I, 't sh, F ', h. *efore the "owels .V !, F r, C ., -V. ", the F m in the bod! of a word is ne"er changed into Anus"AraP e. g. F gam!ate, ****8 namraA.

semi%

b%!a, *f n%ga, <r n%g%!a, M n%pa, .8 n%ghCA,, G il%gh%ra, F !&ma, ...,. A%F k$ka, .. ..iAa, .. %IA%ra, *i%lla, ; i%.a, *** k$J%&$ . .8 D%!a,. , D%ra P%.AI ,.ga, iftl t"ll'#, .. g$n.., *** ,%.%.C, ... g%ma, -ill ($() .. g%"a P%. I%I, F I% %ma, ., II% %!a, F I% ll-, *( II$ga, If II$I,., '# F%!a. i t-ta, Xif t%!,P%.Il t&-J(, ~ tA%raP%I d%ga, 6.- d%g%!a, -C d%gha, G d%gh%ra, .> d%ma, *8if d%!aP%lA/ dA%!a, F dA%raP% til n-ta, ~ n.tAa, ft%da, O 8%d%!a, F n%d%ra, O n%d%r%!a, n$dk%, .. n$na, .. C%ma, ....- n%.a, liliA%"a. ....t% s, .. t% %ra, W t%%., CC t%t%!a, 4 t%t%ra, C t%t%"e, i'I t%tha, if t%na, iiII' t%n%!a, P;- tepa, ill t%p%ra, .W t%ma, iiII' t%m%!a, i'I t%A,. .. or .. .P.%., -til t&r5'*a, iIIf *H&.a, *IF t%sa, .. t%s%ns, F t%s%n%!a H&5* th..!.M P%.- d%p, -I d%gha, A d%gh%rs, M c.%da, .I.C d%d%!a, O H%Oa, .. d%db%!a, O dena, O d%ba, O d%bha, .. d%bh%!a, ..d%ma, O d%!a, '0 d%ra, O d%l%!a, O d%"a, IId%"%!aYP%%lI dh%na, *** dh%a%,.a, *** dh ..ma, 'II dh%!a, .. dh%ra, -DI dh%r%!a, III dh%"a PF.Ir Il%ta. .iII- nC,t%!a, .. n%t%ra, F n%da, C n%d%rs, ... n%dha, .. n%dh%rs, O I&Ia, ); n%ps, Pg n%p%rs, WI n%ma, i.I n%!a, O u%ra, .. n ..F. . 5!' p%ta, III p%t%!a, O p%na, ... p%pe, ... p%ma, ... p%!,, .. p%re,

4I n%

0 D%F,

,-re' ...

O p%Ia, ...- p%"a, O p%sa, ... p%a%".PF.. b%gha, .. b0gaF %.I b%da, 4If b%dhs, b%ns, O b%bs, .. b%bhe, all b%bb%!a,.II b%!a, .. b%ra,

O b%"aP%( bh%na, E** bh%!a, EI bh%ea, F bh%"aP%( m%na, m%pa, ....m%p%ra, C M%ba, IN m%bha, ... mFmF ***' ...%G,,, .. men, .. m%la, 'Ii0 F%"a. ...!%!a, .4.!%n H&*KIII .:. a, ... l%pa, -'. lema, er .%!a, ..% la, .l%"aP%W (%Da, ... "%!a, .. "-CE.%a.,. "%" O. .. ,% a, .. FC%!a, C s%ns, F .%!a. .. -%8, .....%r%!a, .. '%.a, O .%"a, .. le( ..ra, F ... H&* sb%ta, ***' sh%t%!.. -I .sa%t%ra, *.IT sh..t.-r ..*'5 , abet%"a, -Ish ..t a, 'III sh%na, -;MII sh%a%!a, 'III sh%pa,
IIJ

.. sb%p%,., 'III ah%ma, ...sh%!a, -8I- ah%"a H&*K* a% a, ..

a% ba,

A::ENT.

7. The dental .. s sounds li e s in ainP the lingual-ll sh li e sh in shun, the palatal -C ) li e ss in sessionP the difference being that in pronouncing the lingual the tongue is turned further bac than in the Lase of the palatal. '. The real Anua"Ara is sounded as a "er! slight nasal, li e in the 9rench bon.
n

A@@'Dt.
*) /Appendi+ IT). The #ans rit accent, which is mar ed in wor s belonging to the (edic period onl!, but not in classical #ans rit, is a musical accent dependent on pitch and not on stress onl! C, It does not depend on ;uantit!, and is not, as in the clas% sicallanguages, limited to particular s!llables. In this grammar it is mar ed in the transliterated words, in order that thF student ma! see clearl! how strong s!llables are dependent on the accent and are wea ened b! the loss of it. The three principal accents areI the udA.tta, or acute, pro% nounced b! raising the "oiceP the s"arita, or circumfte+, pro% nouneed b! a combined rise and fall of the "oiceP and the anudA.tta (i. e. without udA.ttaG, which ma! be mar ed in trans% literated words b! the #ra'u, and which belongs to all "owels ha"ing neither of the other two accents. The anudA.tta immediatel! preceding an udA.tta or s"arita "owel is called anudA.ttatara. The anudA.tta immediatel! following an udA.tta is changed into what is called the dependent s"arita. .In #ans rit the s"arita and the anudA.ttatara onl! are indicated, the former b! t, the latter b! M. WheDe"er we find a s!llable mar ed b! M, we now that the ne+t s!llable, if left without an! mar , is udltta, F an!ZP F if mar ed b!

I, is

'"aritaP

e. g. F

agolh, nA,

agnEnl /ag, anudA.ttataraP DI, udAttaP

dependent s"aritaG.

.@

8D?E# @G. #ANDHI.

:HA&TE8
8D?E# O9 #ANDHI O8 THE O9 ?ETTE8#.

II.
:O=*INATION

.) /4KG. In #ans rit e"er!. sentenee is considered as one un% bro en chain of s!llables. The coalescence of final and initial letters is called #andhi /putting togetherG. -The rules of #andhi
I

are based chiefl! on the a"oidance of hiatus and on assimilation. The absence of #andhi is in man! cases sufficient to mar the
stops which in other languages ha"e to be mar ed b! punctua% tion. Though both are based o n th e same phonetic principles, it is essential, in order to a"oid confusion, to distinguish I n t e r n a l #andhi, which determines the changes of final and initial letters of from internal

#.. dhi, which applies to the final letters

.

of '*erbal roots and nominal base, when followed b! certain terminations or suffi+es.

Note%The rules of e+ternal #andhi appl!, with few e+ceptions, to words forming compounds, and to the final letters of nominal bases before the &ada or middle terminations F bb!A.m, FI bhlA, 8: bb!a , su /see '6G, or before secondar! suffi+es beginning >ith an! consonant e+cept *6 ($

.A

*2ternal

#.. dhi.

lassi*iLatioI. of =o>el ++
4@ /K@%KKG. (owels are di"ided intoI% A.I.
4.

#imple "owelsI -( a, FAP

'

FtP Fu, ..Fi, ,....M.,.. ,....M.,,,@.P

FeP FaiP ,noP MauP

#l"i,#+"l&

,lli.

$uea "owels O

-(aP

K. (nddhi"owelsI

FAP

FarP F,rP

Fal. Fll.

1"
F a! and F

I88E$D?A8

#ANDHI.

F sa he iha )** ' .= F prabha ebi.

a", the% semi"owels being droppedGI

wi
9

sa ha ihaP Fan .E-ft prahho ehi

25 (")). The(riddhi "owel Fai becomes .. ! /through A!G, au becomes F A." /the semi"owel not being dropped in this caseG before all "owels and diphthongsI F ri8sri!ai arthaAT F riI m!l artha P but FW tau iti 9 *I'Tffriir tA" iti. Note%The hiatus occasioned by the dropping of *6 ! and , " in the abo"e three cases /4H, 46G reFains, no further coalescence ta ing place. 45 /K)G. *2ceptioD%.f the "owels M I, ... %@I, F e are the termi%

-II..t

ft

nations of the dual, whether of nouns, ad<ecti"es, pronouns, or "erbs, the! remain .ncAan#ed before "owelsP also the M t of 4Itt amt, nom. plural of the pronoun F adas. .. a is not elided . after this dual F e. These "owels are called &ragnn!a.

E+..

*Ii ft '

imau, these sciencesP

a"l imau,. these two poetsP CCI.. F sldhft two merchantsP !i ' "id!e ime, these two

F F !A ete artham, the! two as for mone!P. F F am.i arbha au,. these two childrenP 4Itt .....,.8 amt as"D, these horses.

IIrregular (owel #andhi.

47 /HK, HHG. .. When a preposition ending in .. a orC A is Eollowed b! a "erb beginning with F e or @, the result of the coalescence of the "owels is ' e or @, Dot F or au.

E+. II'

Nm

pm [ egateT pregateP

.n

.n

ai :
'3B

ohati 9 parohati. E+ception%The two "erbs F edh, to grow, and F i, to go, if W;

para N

N ;tW

raised b! $una to .E- e,

N mT F

are regular.
upa

N edhate 9 upaidhateP

Nm

a"a eti 9 a"aiti. 4. When a preposition ending in .. a orC

A is followed

by a

ELTE8NA?

#ANDHI.

.'
lr

"erb beginning >ith ..., "i, the two "owels coalesce into ' instead ofFar.

E+O.,.
.

N'

T .&ritir apa N rD lati T apAr

N rishati 9parArshati.
particles consisting e. g. F F

latiP ..-@-

MN *IlII*ir T F.
i

pari. Note /H7%6oG%Inter<ectional

of or ending

iD "owels are Dot liable to #andhiP

i indra, Oh Indra

..
F

A e"am, is it

'@

indeed * ~

>

he indra, Oh Indra i ~

aho apehi, halloo, go awa!.

:ombinatioa

of l-iaal

ana

Initial

:on.o*aDt..

4' /6HG. The rules concerning the changes of final consonants will be considerabl! simplified b! remembering that e$mtm onl! out of the thirt!%Ifi"e consonants can e"er stand in #ans rit at the end of a wordP "i2.

~ t+, ~

, F I,
8,

##t,
F

.V. p, U n, *6 m,

it .,

I /(isargaG, -. /Anus"lraG.

*ecause I. final aspirates must be replaced b! their correspond% ing unaspirated lettersP
4.

final soft letters must be replaced b! their corresponding letters P

hard

K- Oalatals m2st be replaced b! gutturals -~k. ,-.# sometimes, replaced b! F t./

is all*ay' and

H. of the semi"owels onl! F . can be finalP Ifinal F r is replaced h!(iaargaP

-6. fuial F h is replaced b! F t /sometimes b! CC t or F :) H 5. of the sibilants, ,sh and lls are replaced b! F t /sometimes b! F G, *6 ' by (isarga, which is the onA!sibilant tolerated at the end of a word.
*esides these ten, Anus"Ara is the onl! other letter which can *tand at the end of a word. 4) /66G. No word in #ans rit e"er ends in more than one con ..

'onant, e+cept when F r precedes a Anal F

, F t, , t, .V. p, which

1#

ELTE8NA?

#ANDHI.

is radiaal or fADbstituted for a radical. In the case of all other combinations the final letter or letters must be dropped till onl! one Iremains, which is allowable as a final. FI eblbhsr

'
"art,K

N.l6
-*ut F

TF

Nt.T

Thus F

ablbba.,, K p. sg. impf. of

)B=a0?

N s 9 su"al,

.f bhri,
~~

N55T
a"an%

to FP

nom. sing., well <umping.

+i"g/

th% , -strength, nom. sing. of F

p. sg. imOf. intense of F

"rit or .,F "ridhP

amArt
of

from ~mri#. The nom. %sing. of .,..,J i trah /Ifrom the desiderati"e

'K

ri, to doG isFI

ii il, the

,al CCsh,

which would other%

wise become F t, being dropped because it is a deri"ati"e suffi+.

:lassi.lcatioD K@ /65G. &lace

I.

of :OD#ODaDt..

or organ of :OD#ODaat#I%

The throat, the palate, the roof of the palate, the teeth, the lips, and the nose are called the places or organs of the letters. *! contact between the tongue. and the four .places,%throat, palate, roof, teeth,%the guttural, palatal, lingual, and dental eonsonenta are formed. ?abial consonants are formed b! contact between the lips.

4.

K. In forming%the

nuals of the fi"e claeaes, the breath partiall! passes through the nose, while the real Anus"Ara is formed in the nose onl!.

H. The (isarga is said b! Fati"e grammariaD# to be pronounced in the chestP it is DOW pronounced b! the Dati"es li e an h followed b! a "er! short "owel, e.g, **8 a aeunds Ii e ahl. The three sibilants F ', ,sh, FI are produced b!.an incipient contact of the tongue with the pa.ate, the roof, and the teeth respecti"el!.

6. F h

is gutturalP ibe0semi"owels .V.C F r,,F

., CV ='.)'le palatal,

DT**NA? #ANDHI. lingual, dentalE, and labial. and are then written F, not be nasali2ed.
O

1$
>4>

..!, ..., .. " can be nuali2ed,

WAlfAft ), ;,

or .. , W, ., !, ., ".

.<

++

t r can%

K. /67G.
I.

,2lit( of

11B1IP<*I.t.. the ftrst, second, and se"enth /sibilantsG

:onsonants are I% Either ha2tH /surdGI columns in the. table in 3 6. Or .,ft /sonantGI all the remaining consonants, the semi% "owels /colDDlDl K, H, ?, 5G, and Anua"Ara /besides all the "owels and dipbtbongaG.
4.

Either upin.tec.I

columns

4,

H,

-., t

h, and Anu'"lra.

Or Ftec.I all the reat. . It will appear from the abo"e that the change of F It/ to ' is a change of place, and that of F It/ to ' " is a change of ;ualit! P
wFe in the transition of F i to 't g, or of CC t to i6 D, there is a change both of place and of ;ualit!. "2 /5@G. The changes which ta e place b! the combination

of

the ele"en .lna. copsoDants with initial "owels or consonants ma! therefore con"enientl! be treated under two heads. 9inllllFttell are changedI I. With regard to their places or organs. II. With EegaI-d to their ;ualit!.

I. :haDg.. of &lace. KK /5.G. The onl! final c>nsonants which are liable to change of place are the Dental., .!.I*I)'ri.ra, and =ia2aa.
a. The dentals become palatal and lingual before palatals and linguals. b. Anus"Ara and (is8ga adapt themsel"es as much as possible to the organ of the letter b! which the! are followed.
7* '

., howe"er,. is practi.ca..,.tNated as a liI?2al, being deri"ed

from

~l.

1%

ELTEllN-A? #ANDH.. are merel! changes

All other changes of Ifinal consonants

ot

;ualit!P these in the case of dentals, Anua"Ara, and (isarga being superadded to the changes of place.

The Dental.I CCt

KH /54G. 9inal CC t before palatals /Fi, ~ () is changed to a palatal. E+. F PrfF

aIa '6

... g, ~ 0k, ~ iI,

F D, F

N..9 'nI' tat N

tat

a 99 ta a, ana thisP F

N
tat

N f9rfW
F

hinattiIIPII ta hinatti,

he cuts thisP

[
CCC

srrD
bom.

F.fiIl

N
tat

srinoti 9 ta$srinoti, he hears thisP

9 ir0iI'T*Iir

N oA.!ate99

taggA!ate, this

is

''#

In the last e+ample the Ifinal -C- t is changed to F k, and then to

/K'GI the same change would ta e place before an initiallgAP
OA% F

and before an initi'i F .., -itt might become either ~#

to palatal 'l.n. E+. iI*i6 iI.Iftr

K6 /5KG. 9inal iVn before ~#,

#A,

'l. ft,

n.

and

F'

is changed he con%%

T 'iI'**f*Ifit

tA.n[ oa!ati

9 tlitga!ati,

;uers them. Note%8ules on the change of Ifinal iV n before F k, ~ iA, and ~ s >in be gi"en in HK and H6. K5 /5HG. 9inal CC t before -V t, ~ is changed to a lingual. E+. F

n, ~ el, *6 d&, -lI-/ C

/not F shG

N'8

9 '8
F

the idol of himP I

[m

etat

wrf\

N t$a$$ura&0 etatt&a$$ura$, tat N da!ate 9 tadela!ate

here the Ifinal -C- t is changed to ' t and then to F el /K'GI the same change would ta e place before an initial l6 el$/ before an

initiallAt n, ''t might become either F l or F n -31). K7/56G. 9inaliVn beforeFel,:Vd ,Fn/not-t'hGis
. F ' in this case is generall! changed to F ta hrinoti.

changed t@.lVn. AI ri C$AGf8

ELTDlT A? #A.ND*l-.

1&
mahAndA%
J

E+. F 4*Im maral, a great uproar.

T Ii]i OO

lie mabAn[cllmaralT

Note I%8ules on the changes of *6 n before F I and F IA /not F shG >ill be gi"en in HK. Note 4%The changes of place with regard to final Anus"Ara (fII) and (isuga /AG >ill be e+plained, together with the changes of -;ualit! to which these letters are liable, in H7%64.

II. :haDg ..

of ,2alit(.
lOft

K' /55G. Final consonants must be soft before hard before hard initials. Note%As

initials and

the nasals ha"e no corresponding har; letters, the!

Iremain unchanged in ;ualit! before hard letters, unless the con% tact can be a"oided b! inserting sibilants, or, if the following letters are sibilants, b! inserting , I, I, or

Accordingl! .inal F

/HH, H6G.

t, ''t, .V. & before '@nants become CV g,

~ el, ~ d, Cb respecti"el!. Note%, t before sonant Oalatals and .ingua.s will of course become ~# and F d respecti"el! b! KH and K5.
E+amples I%

.F

I F

tam, well saidP F

N' T tiFi*)i( sam!a N u tam T sam!agu% N AI.II T FI di N ?a?a! T

digga%

gal, an elephant supporting the globe.

~ t1 ~ 5*#6 ;9ta I.HH-/ pari"rlt !am, he is a mendicantP 'N'9

pari"rlt

N %yam '

N mitram

T pari"rlclmitram.
N'8
'

pui"rlda% ;fY=lf.l.l./

55t8 ' 9 ri"er thereP F mahaddha% nul, a large bow.

N...

TFI

suit

atraT saridatra, the mahat dhanulT

.V. pI F 9 -III-f-C- a up atra a ubatra, region there /inflectional base F a ubbGP -W.t ....I sp ga!u 9 abga!al, obtaining water.

T....,.I N

N...

.'
*ut F

ELTE8NA?

#ANDHI.

[F

T Wftii=-/

water of the ri"erP F

N '8

sarit

N galamT
TFI

sariggalam /KHG, etat

T etaddamaru,
K) /57G. F , -V t, be further assimilated

dAmaral the uproa.r of them.

'It t,

./. p, when followed b! iniF

naaals,

chiefl! F n and F m, may, after becoming Fg, F d, ~ d, and ,b, to the nasaQ, and be written F

n, 't

n,

iVn, .V m.

E+. F tnAlI T F or or dmnAga , a world elephantP

f;I&TI di N
F

'i#FI'D8

gagat

the worldP amnadt, water%ri"erP mu ha Tprlgmu haA

N nltha ..... [FTF

[ lfT*r8 9 .&.-I-A-.II
ap[ nadtT

nAgaAT dignlgaA or

T gagadnAthall or F

or gagannAthaA, IoIrd of abnadt or Or!:

N O8T 'II'#*049 or FI or prA.ilmu hal, facing the east.

F . becomes tat

H@ /7@G. 9inal E+. F F F

ta en.

'It ' before

TF

N labdhamT

it . /not

F dG. this is

tallabdham,

H. /7.G. 9inal F n before F . also becomes F .P but this F ., being pronounced through the nose, is written with Anus"Ara,which in this case is usuall! written as a hall%moon.

E+. F
large gain.

[ cPspIrI T *I't**n'

mahAn

N lAbhaA99 mahWbhaA,
short
T "owel

H4 /74G. 9inal F .., F n, and F D, preceded b! a and followed b! any "owel, are doubled.

E+. JI..IiV

N..,.,T8 F
N

dhA"an

N as"a

dbA"annas,CaA, a running horseP F -llTlW 9 ' pra% t!ailillste, he sits tumed towards

N 'IIT'fi T
F

pratBall the wFstP

N lste CA&rt

sugaa

*ut :fi;liV

N'

[ Aste 9 'ugaCnAste, he sits counting well. a"tn N lb"a!as"a. /call the poetsG
it
n before -initial F

re%

mains unchanged. HK /7KG. 9inal , F b, and ./ p, F pb,

remains unchanged,

ELTE8NA?

#ANDID.

.)

&inal.V n before F le, '# l, re;uires the interceaaion of F &inal.V n before F t, ~ tA, re;uires the intercession of CC sh .. Bmal -V n before 'It t, CC th, re;uires the intercession of .V s .. *efore these inserted sibilants the original i6 n is changed to

,..

Anua"Ara. E+. F [ F 9 I/ hasan N lea AraT hasafll a ara, he did it laughingP F 4*) &i failI alan N titti- bhala 9 alamshtittibhah, a f.fpI mo"ing tittibha% birdP .I.IiV *!i8 F patan N FuA patamstaruA, a falling tree.

]\ OO

T T
IP

HH /-.HG. 9inal F tt and sibilants F E+.

', C

*ft fI may
fl.

remain unchanged before the

eh, *6

but F or F /or prltl

ma! optionall! be inserted after

/orFG eteGP F pri.b[sete

the F ti, and F t after the F

0I*!I& -dir or

F[iITF

prltisete

or pri.tlbete

m TK
or

t'l4(eQfh

#ug,fl

santi

suga8sarati

sugantsarati. H6 /76G. Bmal -V n before,

it ma! remain unchanged or

changed to ' E+. ****(

'It t

sh remains uncbangedP before F s is insertedP before F ' it must its ma! further be those si+P ..../ or tlntsa% or

be changed to the palatal nasal /K6G -C it& ~

N'TF
or

55', '

'$$A, or It6 ID. tAn[shatTiAnshat,

"tWTF

nliMii.

hate, he bears themP

:lI&V or nl.iIMii( or niiiBiMi5( tAn N sArd.ilAn 9 t=slrdi.Q an or WlidrdtDAn or DCle lArd.ilAn or tAl lrd.i.An, those tigers. H5 /-.5G. A final F t before F s must remain unchanged, but If,t ma! be inserted. E+. F [ >ftr. TFI or .IF=i fa8 shat N saritah 9
ahatsaritah or shattsaritaA, si+ ri"ers.
.

.I../[.TfVT

tA.n[sahateTtAnsahate ftl'lliMI5(

*fI'I(I**&

This intercession is owing to the analog! of ace. pl. mase.

of

"owel stems and of nom. sing. of n%stems, whica originall! ended in II.
: 4

44

ELTE8NA?

#ANDID.

a .... >i Ii8 or .I.IIrI >it8 prathamaA .&?all prathamas sar?ai or plathamd sa.rgaA, the first section. C 6@ /'HG. (isarga /e+cept when preceded b! .. a or W lG if fol...
lowed b! a soft letter /consonant or "owelG is changed to F r, this

N 5*#6 T ilif3(44' a"iA [ a!am T a"ira!am, this poetP m8 N *'*5e'fir T .FIi.. &fi gallA N ga Aati T gaur "A!ur "iti, ga Aati, the o+ wal sP .IT.I N 'fI*ir T ..%. fn "A!ul ["lti T
E+.

letter being Fhe soft form of (isarga.

&.fir8

the wind blows.

E/

6. /'HG. I. The final s!llable -til-I B drops its (isarga before e"er! "owel or soft consonant.
4.

The final s!llable .I al&

/aG drops its (isarga before e"er! 'o2e3 e+cept .. aP /bG before e"er! soft consonant and before .. a, it is changed to

.n

@,

after whichC

E+amples 8&*. ..rt as"ll ami horsesP -II-A..inI *If5*I8 -II&IiIT ''l~1 ,gata [risha% !ah ,gaD.Csha!aA, the poets ha"e arri"edP '6IT8 0I*Il8 9 -fill AT.I-TE hatll gagll hatl gagll, the elephants are illedP lit8 *f'*'fiI8 mll bhiA mlbhil, instr. pl. of .mV mAs, moon. fJr. 4. a. .,..I ..&mr. ...- -II&T.IE utaA [ AgataA uta

<%Ga amt, these

....&r. [ M T......, N T T N T N T N T
a is elided.

AgataA,
whence comeX *R who is who is heX *R the poetX

9 .. CCCI N N5558 C-lftr. T ** 5'lf38

aA eshal 9 a eshu, aA [ rishiA 9 a risbiA, nir"bal[dtpaATnir"bo

b.

F[FTfPrfmgGFI

dtpa , the lamp is blown outP **8 nobhiA, instr. pl., with the nosesP .ftI

N fir. 9 5558 nu
[F

[ bhiA 9
naral

[ a!am T

9 iI-Ol.&V

naros!am, this man. 64C ()5). The final s!llables .I

aA and WI lA, in the few in%

stances* in which the (isarga represents an et!mological F r, are

. F

punae, againP

-IIT-iIl

prltar,

earl!P

antal, within P

"8

INTE8NA?

'ANDHIF

Note /II'F%Il *6. gh, F dl, F dh, F bh, F F s, the! throw their upiration Mbac on

Ii, at

the end of a F bh,

s!llable, lose their aspiration before IiV dh" (Iot

fEr dhiG,
:p.5@.

At.. g,

F d, , d, , b at F bhudbhlA,
4.

the beginning of the s!llable /not on other lettersG.

E+. F
instr.plur.P aor, mi;. *ut F

N'T

budhFsTbhut,

nowingP

ftbhutsu, dugdhi from

.@@. plur.P .rmabhuddh"am,

p. pl.

n dub, to mil ,
.fI.V

4.

sg. imp". d"ish

7@ /.44G. Dentala after linguals become lingual. E+. F

[ dhi

N .. T

F F

ish [ ta

T ishtaP fI*t N fEr 9 fIf0

9 '
sbat [ n<m T

9 d"icldliP

ahaCnAm. 7.. -V n after '5 changed after F s. and F 1 becomes F fIH but remains un%

E+. F N 'if ***' !ag [ na 9 !ag i but *Fr. pramaA. 74 /.KKG. -V n at the end of a nominal or "erbal base, before sibilants /not before C- su of .@@. pl.G, is changed to Anus"lra. E+. fit 'il..fl gighlmsati, he wishes to ill, from lit han. *ut F T,F suhin [ suT suhinsu. (" /.KHG. -V n remains unchanged before semi"owels. E+. F han!ate, he is illed, from litP *r.IIt6 tan"an from .IiV ta%n,

N5'

stretching.

(4 /.K6, .K5G. F m remains unchanged before F !, r, F IP but in the nom. sg., before middle terminations, or personal termi& nations beginning with *6 m or C ", it F changed to '6 n. E+. FI Am!al from F amP -ft..I.V tAmram from 4I6 tam P ..%I amId from F *ut 0I**i6 pradn, F am. nom. sg.,

*,ITfaT8 prari.nbbiA,
;TIV
praAmP

inatr. plur., ma

prasAnsu, loco pl, from

*0I**'*4 agenme, we

went, and 'II*'f'HII agan"a, >e two went, from 0**6 ?am [C

and Fgam[lI-

"a.

76 /)5G. TAIle dental -V n, followed by a "owel or -V n, F m, .V -.,

INTE8NA?
4.

#ANDHI.

The change is caused b! the same lingual letters, -C 2, /included in the "owelsG, r, ,.h /included in the inter% "ening lettersG, , F I, and the "owels e+cept. a and -... A.

N'

Crt

'.

K. The consonants

which change the F O must precede imme% diately /this is not necessar! in the case of -V nG, while the "owels admit of inter"ening letters in both cases.
'

(( /.46G. F

E+.C,
F

dris ..- ta becomes drishta -34). ' before other consonants follows the rules of e+ternal #andhi.

beforeCC, t becomes CC sh.

() /.K4G. The I5.nal F s of roots becomesCC, t before the lV. s of the #etleral tenses /.K6GP e. g. .AV "as, to dwell, .IWI.ir "ata!ati,

K. sg, fut. act. The same change ta es place in the middle cases of the suffi+ -tF "as /.@4G. .
7) /.47G. -V h before F s, and in roots which begin with, d before other consonants also, is treated li e *6M ghP e. g. F f> leh si le shiP -.WEI.ir ;ab [ s!ati dha sh!ati /5), noteGP ..-TF dah[taTdagdha /5)G. In other roots C-Ct, C/ th, -V db, following F h, are changed to

T T 4fiIr
:V dl,
E+. F roh t2m

T 'N 3 NM T
lih

the-V h is dropped, and a preceding short "owel lengthened.

9 rodlum.

N wI T alr.

[ tal

T HdlalP

N FT .lA.V N

Note%E+ceptions to this are T.;E nah[talT naddhalP ..- 9 dnn ta 9 dridAaP aah tum sodlum. !ah [ t2m 99 "odhumP

CCCC

.-l N

..C

; N' T CCC

F[wI

C-. N' T

DE:?D'ION.

:HA&TE8
DE:?EN#ION.

III.
treated under three

'@. Declension is most con"enientl!

head'IF I. Nouos and ad<ecti"esP
4.

numeralsP

K. pronouns.

areI% a. Three gendersI masculine, feminioe, and neuter. b. Three numbersI singular, dual, and plural. c. %i?ht Note%It
1)**))8

'. /.H)G. In #ans riDhere

nominati"e,

"ocati"e, accusati"e,

iD#-ba.%

meatal,

dati"e, ablati"e, geniti"e, locatiC OO is important to now the cases in this order, because

it is the onl! arrangement b! which sudE cases as are identical in form, either in the singular, the dual, or the plural, ma! be grouped together.
tiOD#

)2 /.64G. Declension consists in the addition of case%termina% to the stem or base. are I% DDA?.
D.

The normal case%terminations #IN$D?A8.

=. &. D.

N. (..%

lV. s .
Fam

. Fm Fm

A.
I.

'.
G.
Note

.,!7
Fe
~(I

Ab.

U
U

l%

&?D8A?.
Q/. &. lie

Q/. &.

au

tt
Q

U-tAta*

Fi4

.l.liV bh!Am
Fos

fa8I bhis
Fbh!as

Fas

'.

~i
I.

The "ocati"e is the same as the Dominati"e in all num%

-su
~A)

. tie

bers etlcept tAe mtJIc. and fem. lin#- of "owel stems generall! and malC. )in#. ot consonant stems in at, an, in, ,', !ae, "as.

DE:?EN#ION.

KK

Note 4. The nom. ace. (O:. pl. neut. /which ends -in F iG inserts a nasal before a <<* consonant of the base. This nasal is determined b! the consonant which follows itP hence F t+ before gutturals,
' fl before palatals, ..V. C before Iinguale, -V n before dentals, F m before labials, Anus"Ara before sibilants and F h. Neuters ending in a nasal or < semi"owel do not insert the nasal in the plural.

'K /.7)G. !n important distinction in nominal and ad<ecti"al bases /chiefl! bases ending in consonantsG is that between

stroD,

and >ea: cases .. If bases ha"e t2o forms, riroD, cases and 7>ea: cases are

distinguished.

If bases ha"e t'ree forms, /AilgaG, middle /&adaG, and >ea:est /*haG are distinguished. Note%Difference of accent is the cause of the distinction.
The stem alwa<s being accented in the strong cases, naturall! Freser"ed its full form, while the accent ha"ing originall! rested on the terminations in the wea cases, the stem was conse;uentl! shortened. The last "owel of the base is often shortened in the "ocati"e, because the accent is alwa!% on the first s!llablel+ 'H /.7)G. The strong cases areI% Nom. "oe, ace. sing. Nom. "oc. ace. dual of masculine nouns of Ie2ten.
4.

stroa,

Nom,

(O:.

/.ot ace.G

plor.

Nom. "oe, ace. plural

oDl7

!ll the other cases are wea . When there are t&ree bases, the middle cases are those the terminations
.

of which begin with .a consonant /i, e. ElI#6 bh!Am,

9or the sa e of bre"it!, the accent of the nom. ag. duo pl.

onl! is, as a rule, gi"en in the paradigms. C 4 Nearl! all n@.IlD# with changeable bases form .the feminine in

Ft/lo6,

HG.
I

'H

I&E:?*N#IOF.

D8 bhi , J..I

bh!u, CauG. The wea est are all the remaining wea cases /"i2 ..those of which the terminatioas begin with "owelsGP e. gF #*'I* prat!all au, nom. dual-/strong base F prat!ail GP o , is lIi.lfnrI prat!agbhi /middle base Fprat!a GP gen. dual /wea est base F,ratl G-. In neuters With three bases the nom .. .oL, middle, the nom, F prat!a ,
(O:I

*nft*liT8 pratt

ace .. singular

ace .. dual wea estP

e"g. nom. "oc .. ace. sg. pratl t, nom. "oc .. ace.

nom. "oc .. ace, du, F

Ol.lI'm prat!an i. O ODlf#

The other cases are as in the.masculine O

AlfD

A.DA*:TI(*#.
be di"ided into

'6 /.6KG. This declension ma! con"enientl! two classesI% I. *ases ending in consonants.

A.

Dnchangeable

bases,

*., :hangeable bases ..

II. *ases ending in "owels. A. In ... a and -... A. :. In t . and &s it D. In-illri. E. In F ai, @, au.
*. In Fi and Fu ..

..n ..a

Note%In order to a"oid confusing the minds of beginners, it is ad"isable to commence with the bases In consonants, because these add the case%terminations- gi"en in )' without modification. #ome grammars begin with the "owel declension in-C a /ll. AG, since this is the most important, containing as it does the ma<orit! of all the dec.ined bases of the language. *ut the wide de"iation of its end ... ings from the normal terminations ma es it ob<ectionable to begin % with them.

'5 /.6., .6KG. These bases mar end .in all eonsonants

~ ti,

5I,

A. DFch=.leable *ases O
e+cept

F!.

The bases are liable to such changes.onl!

a.

are

DE:DN#ION.

'6

l-e;uired by the rules of #andhi before the terminations. =ascu% lines and, feminines ending in the same consonant are inflected e+actl! ali e. The neuten are di.l-erent /as in the other declen% sionsG In the nom. "oc. acc. of all numbers. The lV ' ot the nom. sing. masc. and feme is alwa!s dropped,

because no word ma! end in two consonants /4)G. The "oc. sg. mil and f. ' the same as the nom. e+cept in bases in /deri"ati"eG F as /)6G. On the insertion of the nasal in the nom. "oc. sec, pl. neut., see '4, note 4. the dental, and the Iabial classes /see 6G end in F

586. *ases in the first four letters of the guttural, the lingual,

, F t, , t, /cp. 4'G respecti"el! in the n om . eg. and before the loco Ol.

suffi+
Csu, and in Fg,

F d, ~ d,

Cb

,p

respecti"el! before the termina%

tions beginning with F bh. before "owel terminations.

The! retain their original sound

*aae. in $2ttanla.
'' /.66G. &aradigmI FF picture, "-F.li h, to paintG. S$. =.
&.

itrall b,
=. 9M

painter

(m
#P.

itta,

Du. U

A. I.

D.=.

#oi -iii fMM'.t %li ham-C

NiiifcPs.%ll

r ' '
-iii

M4Kr %li hau

%li,bh!lm

Ur .FMe8
. .i< 'II

=. &.

%li ha

!b.A r...
$O P.

D.

f-C .. fMlif. %li hft U f.....f=\ %D he rF.V

O

f5l5'il'fiHsfnr8 %lirbbl
t

f=/iiiE %li ha
hl

U F -FFI FI%lilbh!=

r9ii.fMf. %Ai
N.A.( O.FF%lllt

CC .. I'M58 %li h5.aNEDTE8.

fFF

%li hFm

r...,.FM'K &Hbhn ((5G

&F.

#$.

Itr.

fFf.-#.it
Ia

..li

bt

Ff.%liil. hi

Note%In the paradigms of regular nouns with unchangeable bases it >ill be sufficient to remember the nom. sing., nom. instr. loc. pl., and nom. pI. neut.

lIall'. in DeDtalsl and ?abiaA.s. ') /.67G. These are declined li e

*A.#1.

f....fY-6l-VM

itrali h.
?O:.&?. *Oil. &?. N.

lTO1.'$. lITOH.&?.Q/.&. IIf#8.&?.

F harit, green, m, f. n .

tfCC hant

tforI
hantu @lf-l-I %mathaA

uu.I
@>I

'
hantsu

~f*fi+
,0mT

hDldbhih %madbhlA

+ rH....'5 agniFath, .. ft~ flre% indling, m. f. D. agnimat

msuhnd, friendl!, m. f. n. suhnt F b

fiFI
subtidal hut

pI
FI .ACfatI
gubbhll

%matsu. 'ubritsti

%mmthi

suhr.dbhiC

'

t-V. budh,
m.f.n. -IFgup, m.f.n.

nowing, guardian,

-I;I gJip

.-TI
-...I
gnpah

'

,.,

suhr/ndi

.~
hariDti

oliA

bDdhai

bhuclbhll

bhutsu

tN

bDDdhi

gupsti

n
-iIH
a upsu

A<f;
gOmpi

...9t

a Dbh, region, f.

'
:a:2O

lI&I
a Dbhah

3faT8
a ubbhiA

o;rF

% a. Fmbhi4

*aH. in &alatals.
)@ /.6'G. The palatals %~$,

A,

separatel! from the other four classes, because the! undergo ' change of organ as well as of ;ualit! /K@, K.G in the nom. sg. and before terminations beginning with consonants /4', KG. The! are retained /e+cept F leAG onl! when followed b! a "owel.
I.

'#,

#A. must be treated,

~k3

is changed to F

or Fg.

*ase FgalamD ,
. %4

mase, cloud /water%droppingG.

There are hardl! an! bases ending in linguals. Dsed as a neuter at the end of a compound ad<ecti"e .. a.: are changeable /.@H, illG.

K *ases ending in F

DE:.NN#ION)
0NO1. #>.. NOli. &I.. *5)T%. &?. ?O:. &?.

8&
NO=. &?. 6.

FFFI
galam....I galamu al ?i e F t"a , I. s inP worshipping, F F galamu galamu,bhll F

F
gaAamubhl. sruh, f. ladle. roil , curlew, are declined F

Ft-t
gaAaml.f. i F "a , f. speechP

mi, I. lightP "rD , cutting,

Note /I6)G%The

special bases F

.IiF

prAn ,

are respecti"el! declined in the%

nom. sg., nom. iostr. loco pI. thus I%

' Or8a m8
F "rd C.I

n-lD

TtI

nlil al pdil aA

FFI FI F

n-lnbhil
pdnbhil "ridbhlh

0riUK pdnbhu

nlDbhu

"r/s al

FF

"ritsu .

2 /.5@G. F l is changed to ' t when 8final and before con% sonants, but to ' ' before "owels. *A#1. NOli. #$. NOII.&?. IN#T8. &?. ?O:.&?. NOH. &?. N.

.ITlt prAhl,
K /.5.G.
QlA#E.

an as er

F-FI

'#

AI.FI
prl#al prldbhih or -l.g.

F
prAtsn

!dt
NOH.#$.

prlm'i

lri55

is changed to '

F ~

rug, disease fi"g, strength ?i e F

'

rB:.

rugal

CI

NOH. &?. m#T8. &?.

?O:.&?.

NOH. &?. N.

FI
rulbhiA

r2bh2, ningi

~,-

tfif

'

FI
urgah

5Sfnl8
Clirgbhih

ft<
lirbhu

liM
4r#i

5r.lI
shag, m. ph!sician
T

rug are declined .. F

C-lF

'tn#, m, priestP a.t srag, I. garlandP

F bhrlg, to shineP F

"antg, m. merchantP

-&A.fiV bhi%

asrig,
Note
I.

n, blood.

Nouns deri"ed from an! of the si+ roots%F!ag, bhragg, to roastP Cparinig, m"ig, to cleanP

to rag, F t

sacri.iceP F createP also F

to shine, to ruleP

**58. srig,

to emit, to

a mendicant%change

''-.# to

K'
pari"rit, F

DE:?EN#ION. pari"r\g are de"eg /from F de"et, F .

or F d& e.g. nom. sg.. and p? of F

AIF
de"a

-;CftAmrI pari"r\gaAP F satnr\t, -W.ATiII saFr\ga P F

roastingI F hhr/t,

samr\g, m. so"ereignE

*f'S6 ya?Q', worshipper of the godaI F

de".ega P

lA-ii/. 7h"igg,
Note
-NOH. #$. 4.

l04K bhr/gga

F,a"a!\g,
(O:. #$.

a (edic priest, is irregular in changing

NOH. &?. IN#T*. &?.

its base to F .AI.I.ffI a"a!l,h FI

a"a!as in the nom. and before consonants I% or F W:I.ITiII a"a!\ga

...%;itNI
a"a!obhi

-WlI.r.,
a"a!fA.hsu

?O:. ~5.

a"a!i,h or a"a!al

H. *ases in F gk, which are rare, change F gk to F : or

rt. g.

lAasali in .asals.
). /.6HG.
4.

No base ends in F t+ or F it -86). *ases in *ft n undergo, no change.

A.

*ase sugan, a read! rec oner, m, f. n. /C su, well, and -A-.lttgan, to countG.
NOll. S,. NOH. -&?. IN#T*. &?. ?pO. &?. NOH. &?. N.

F-C-t

,J6f~/
augan 'DgallaC suganbhil sugansu

~f*g
sugani /'4, n. 4G
.@4.

K. *ases in F n are changeable, and will be treated in )),

H /.7'G. *ases in the labial nasal F m change F m to F n in the nom. sg, and before consonants, The AV m is retained before "owels.
, *A#E. NOH. #$. NO=. &?. IN#T*. &?. ?OO. &?.

IItrpV
m. f.

prasO:m, mild,

F
prasb.-

FTIfI
pradma

AIFtfCFI
pras'nbhih

.IF
prasansu

*ase. in #emi"owelO.
)4 /.5HG.
4. IO

No base ends in F

s or

/practicall!G in l6M " .. C

*ases in F . undergo no modification.

.

#ee deol, of F

di",

.@5.

-DE:?EN#ION O

8.

. .K, *ases in r are regular. e+cept that F i and F u, preceding the F r, are lengthened if tbe F r is final or followed by a con% sonant. In the loco pl. the F r /being radical F remains unchanged . before *shu /65G.
*A**. NO=.(O:.'$. NOH. &?.

fF
F shB

gil, f. "oice pur, f. town

-A.-iI gr.C *.9 pD

"r

m8 gilaC
.tIpura

IN'T*. &?.

?O:. &?.

-AftftiI girbhl
FI pirbhi

l.i Ota&

girshD.

CAI%, D. water enI

-fTftI '8ri ..mlI "ArbbiA c,,F "irs=

I.tId"\ra W.&lId"ArbblA Ilid"ArsbD

Fd"Ar,

f.door 'IT8 d"-

*F.'

in #ihilaDts /F -. ,sh, F bllG an;' ' h.

I,

)K /.7HG. *ases in F
*.l#*.

Csh,

,.., sh, and F h change these

NO=.&?.N. IN'T*.&?. ?OO.&?.

letters to F t when final and before consonants /cp. 4', 6 and 5G.
NOH.#$. NOHO.,?.

fF
F

"ia, om. f. n.
d"ish, m, fF I.

one who enters batAng

'

f38
(IsaU,

NfF
"imsi

FI

.d"-rt

f+~ m8
' inIf8

"it

FdlGb.A

' '

"itsu

fif/
iflr
tam shi

0FfFI

d"isbah

d"imshi d"idbhi

d"itsD. tatsu

*r*It ta
paring

sh, m. t n.
m, f.
I.

FI
tadbbil

tat

ta sba

'

fl gub,

'~.'

'
,hut

-ItI
gDha

-lit
gDnihi.

0.)
Ihutsu

co"ering

MhudbblA

)H /.7H.G. *Mceptians..

~ 6r', to

I.. *ases in F s. a. *ases deri"ed hom F

dis, to show,
'

IIId"i(,
,

to see, and f. a

touch, change F

to CC

F. g. fF.di',

countr!I
%NOH. #$. NOH. &?. NOH. &?. N. IN#T*. &?. ?O:. &?.

FF dl

fFI

di=

FCC

di=

FlfI

digbbl

di shu

t^E:?*N#ION.

H.

*a.e. in the Dental #ibilant l6 +. )6 /.56G. I. *ue. ia F B, ' is, F ...

In these bases it is important froF the radicall+ to distinguish the deri"ati"e

The following rules must be :arefull! noted.

I. Deri"ati"e F as is lengthened in the nom. (not sing. masc. and feme (aot n!ter). 4.

Bocati"eG

Deri"ati"e F

is and F

us remain unchanged.

K0 Deri"ati"e F as, F is, F us lengthen their "owel /be% sides nasali2ing itG in the nom. "oc. ace, pl. H. Deri"ati"e F and F ush /75G .. F usP is% and F 2s beforF "owels become F as, F ish is,

These rules are re"ersed in the case of radical F in other -Words, /.G F nom. sg, maso. and fem., while /4G F is and F

as remains unchanged

in the us are

lengthened

/"oc. and neut.

aI.oGP

"oc. ace ..-pI. neut, is ne"er lengthenedP unchanged before "owels. Note%8,d. F is and F terminationsP before consonant before F bh. Del-. F sumanas ind, m, f. n.
.

/KG the "owel of the nom. /HG Fis and F us remain

2) are .engthened
1

us (no5, ' F

as alwa!s becomes .G

0wnnI

NOll.#$ .. (O:.'$. 1OOO &?.

IN#T* ..&?. ?O:.&?. NOOO &?.N.

o.-iII 'umani.A %na

@C,,I

SllTflVI S..IC
%nobbi %naseu

Strifw
%n,msi

%nasaC

It is eas! to recognise a radical as, is, us, b! remembering

that

ali

roots being monos!llabic, onl! one s!llable must remain e..?+.

Ffter prefi+es are detachedP

Esu,
F.as.

m sutus,

well%sounding, from

well, and *l6 tus. well, and F

*ut F

sumanas, well%minded, from

KI au,

manas, mind, from I#6 man, to thin ,

42
Had. Fpiftda%gras Der.

.DE:?EN#ION O
++ =!S$.

NOL.&?.

INIT*.&?.

?OO.&?. NO(.&?.N.

1,'8 1,'*I8 Wl#flt8 1,'8K S

1;f>
%gr'msi

eatings mouthful, m.f,n .. %gra

,Wi fitE( #Dg!otl#

well%lighted, m, f. n. slipfs well%wal ing,

fir8

%grasah

%grobhl

%grahsu %tlhshu

SfiAI
%tlshah

ofwfFI
%tlrbhi

omI,

owlC,
%ti-mshi

..ttl

*ad.CF
Der,

@tft-I
m. f. n, &Oin
%!u

omI
@pI

@.ftfFI
..pi.rbhf

ow.,
oF

oiiifw
%prtLsi

.pfsaA, %!usb'

%pDshD

F dirg=t!us long%li"ed, m, f. n, sutDs

D.

SiI 7,''1 Coi?I

-t4& %tDsa

oFI 7,1' %!urbhih %!uhshu %!ftmshi

8/9'

Had.E.lV

/GF
%t-irbhf

@<Ar
sras

well%sounding, m. f. Note
I

%tD shD. %t..msi

/.7KG. F

dh"as /from F

dh"ams, to fallG and F

/from F srams, to fallG when used at the end of compounds change their II ( to ,t in the nom, and "oc, sg .., and before terminations beginning with .consonants,
NOH.

"oo,

NOH.&?.

''
parnadh"at Note
4.

FunAI
parnadh"asa

Funr.

IN#T*. &?.

?O:. &?.

pamadh"adbhfh

~(ff-

parnadh"atsu

Nouns deri"ed from desiderati"es /.)KG, though ending

in deri"a.ti"e F is J lengthen the "owel in the nom, sg, m. f. n., and before consonants. In the neut. pl, no nasal is inserted.
NOH. H.9.N.0 NO=. &?..

msT8. &?.

?O:. &? ..

ErO=. &?.O N.

f3*fit8
pipat i 0

f.NfF
pipathisha

FI
pipathirbhi

f.AitI,
pipathihshu

flA=C
pipathishi

Note K. F

'sfs, f. blessing, is declinedE

nom. "oc, F,.I

.dh, nom. pl. F

lsfsha , pl,n, Aslrbhi , loc, FE.ldhshu or F

.

Ffll

admshi, instr ..FI asfshshu. /This optional

pipat

In this case the F is is not one suffi+, .. e. f;F pipathis [ i [ s, Hence, probabl!, the difference of treatment.

DE:DN#ION.

spelling applies to .the loc .. pl. of all unchangeable preceded b! a "owelI FP cp, H), K0G

bases in-lV s

AfiII, or

FP

,F,

or FP

FE.
(>ry

or

II. *ase. in lE tewG.

*A#?

+ preceded bBo- ther "owel.

NO1.#$. NOHAI&?. NOH.&?.N.IN#T8.&?.

..... 8V a As, splen%FI

did, m. f. n, Fdos,arm,m./n F i trs,
@..'

a Ah

F.fi..II aDsah

Ff'......mr.

FTIFI,

?OO.&?O

a Amsi a A.bhi

a lhsu d5 shu

..G F .FI d5h d5sba desir% FI i th FIi trsba

-iIff.I
i trshi

FfilI
i trhhi

d5mshi d5rbhih

r.rcif.; F
F -EFI suhfmsi suhinhhth

fF
i trshu

of acting, m.f.n.

F'ubirni,onewho F F stri es well, m.+f. n, suhm sublmsa

F
suhinsu

*. :hangeable *ases.
)5. 8egular changeable bases end in , t, iV n, lV s, or F k .. Those in ,t end in F at /C,mat, -CC "atG. man, .IiV "anG or F or F in /tifiV "as /perf. Those in iV n end in 'IIi6 an /F min, AiV "inG. Those in F s end in F participles acti"eG. , Those in ~k Of these bases, those in F forms, i, e. srrong and wea

!as /comparati"esG

are deri"ed from Fa , at, F cases

T

to mo"e. in, and F !as ha"e t2o "as, and those in 'IIi6 an, F

~ $ ha"e t&ree forms, i. e. strong, middle, and wea est cases /'KG.

)7 /.'4G.
I.

.ouns >ith two

&articiples in F ant, the wea Min F

*aOOOO
The

*ase. in ' at.

&resent at /maso, and neut.G Ft.

'.

strong base is in F

447
*ase F

DE:?EN#ION.

adat, eating, from F

IB!P.

ad, to eat.
#PBF!P.

SID$BP!F.

=A#OD?INE.

A.

.FpV

,dantam

N.( .. F I. F F

adan aclati U

'iI'
FF

I
adantau

..%twI adantah
5F$i'8 adata
. FI adadbbih . adadbh!a adatim adatsu .

,dantau
D.

!b.A
$. P.

aelate 0
A'8

... F

adadbh!Am U . F a;atX*<
NEDTE8.

Fadat8 ' adati

' F

N.A.Fadat

Fnadatr

7l7'
%hataA
%h'.dbhih

,danti

Note /.'5G %F mahat, great, originall! a present participle, forms its strong base in F Ant. N.-IVAiVma=n A. Fmah\ntam I. AI-ViIT mahatN.(.pl.m.oFI%=nta n.oCftI%hinti

I oF
StFI

I(.Fmahanl
)' /.'7G. b. *ases in *fi6M ma.t and F "at /which are ad<ec% ti"es, meaning -possessed of,- -ha"ing-G differ from those in F at solel! in lengthening

.rF

the "owel in the D. sg. maso .

agnimat, ha"ing fire.

N.sg.-WfI., .. lC/%min A. ..

Ilii7<ifftAV%man,tam

N.(.pl.SnI%mantah

n.owifw%manti

1anr8

%mat-C

(.

,tf1.,iti(

&man

lGE:?ElI#ION.

gnana"at, ha"ing D. .IA.IFgf.'na"ln

nowledge.

". '(**'
Note I (*))' declined li e F

gFna"an

D.=. .ATPAwI gflAna"anta

A. litC,,C,,I gnaDa"atD

I.
anI

bha"at, when it meaD# -Bour Honour,C is gnAna"at /the% "oe.. is F b="an or

bhohGP when it means O being,- pres. part. of F bh.i, it is regular /li e FCC sdatG,
Note 2 /I)@G%F l!at,howmuchX declined li e nouns in F matI N. F

)) /4@KG.

4.

lIase. ill F

m.

and Fl!at,'@ l!anF (.

C,.&V

much,are i!an.

These form their wea base !y dropplng the i6 n /but onl! before consonantsG. The! drop the &t n inthe N. *g, m..an; n., and lengthen the "owel in the N. mase., lengthening it also in the N. A. (. p? neut,
=A#:D?INE.

D. 'gF
A.

Jlilt dhanl
F

pl, JIfPpr. dharunah Fdhanlbhi

NEDTE*.

".
".

I.

EIfHrH8rr
Fdh-niD

dhaninam dhaninl

JIftAI ,dhaninal

N. A. CC-

C-C

dhani dhani or F

E0iftfHf dhanlni dhanm

.@@/4@5G. K. *ases in '*F6t(as /oomparati"e suffi+G form their strong cases from t!ams. *ase A8.Fgari!'', hea"ier.

t.fillI

'IN$D?A8.

=A#:D?INE.

#PBF!R.

N5FgariI!C

N .(. gart!lmsam

7Iit.riWI gart!lmsah
gart!asa

A.
(.

-Ttl.r..I gari!,D
~~1g2+iy3!hiA

'Itt Hiwi/

A. FI

.DE:?EN#ION.
NEDTE8.

,N.A. FI

garl!all

.@.lD. With three

=A#:D?INE.

g'.ri!ast

flth;fa gari!Amsi

*4* -849). r,

Iin F
FF

the wea , F

"aC.

*a.ea. &artioiple. of the reduplicated perfect

The strong base is usbE.

.IhV "amsP
-

the middle, F

"atP

rurud"as, ha"ing wept, from F

rud, to weep.

CN. Frurud"b. Ki F
A T . TF

N.(.S-lilll%d"Fs=l

N.".owiwI%a"llmsa

II

" . F F'T FIIT75iTrFDTrTudF"TadnT"T-TmT=TmTTTFT.TiFFFT%

Frudu'ha rurudtishi

TFT%.-TmTFTuTTFIIFFF-

I. F
?.

F9-

I
I

eF

&;>;bhy!m

I.
..

oF%dDsbol
NEDTE8,

i N.Frurud"at

O oF%dt.s=
.
.

Note I /4@6G%&lPJrticiplFsln *F( "as, which insert an F i between the reduplicated root and tbe termination, drop the F i whene"er the termination F "as is changed to

%#%,J ush, b2t rac.ioal F i

or

' t is ne"er dropped in this ease. Hence the t. sg. of iIF tasthi"ln, from lIIIT stD, to stand, is F.IT tastbushA., but of

fif-ift;Ti/ nint"An it is '

ninI"usbaC

. The *86 ' of F "as is changed to , t before lV s and F bh, as in F "ats!ami, future of F "as, to dwell / tlltfiIls!AmiG. F ush is deduced from F "as. O Dnaccented **' "a commonl!

becomes F u. F

us before "owels regularl! becomes CC

ush,

DE:?EN#ION,

H7
perfect participles /cp.
!Le. I'P. nt)T%. #P.

The following e+amples of reduplicated .'K, note 4G ma! be usefu.I%

0rtIIIP%%!)%. DY/.)$.
'

DY/.#I..

.AC<.AV %B)lB=as,7
ha"ing heard F pe i"as, ha"ing coo ed stf.itttt/gagmi"u-, ba"ing gone .fFg,gaD."asl, ha"ing gone Fgaghni"as, ha"ing illed C Fg'gh,n"ae, ha"ing illed Note
4.

'a'48
su*rD"lmsa

'aT'K
FI
pe ushal FF gagmt.shah

Fi I %;feACfII
pe i"adbhiA

#D*lD(in

'D'rD(lish*th*Dml"adbbih

F.

>tJiCi'I
pe i"lmsa ..F gagml"lmsa

pe i(\n
gagmi"ln

55ii5I'(

.IfT.A-fWI
gagmi"adbhi

F gagan"ln

'IIm'ri>8
gagan"lmsa

*#I*I8
daFDIsha

'8
gagan"'.clbhih

-II-fAren-/
FFI gaghan"ln

*t'fnt>8
gaghan"lmsa

'

gagltni"Dn gagbniCDmsa

Cfa i f.8 gaghnt.*haA gaghni"adbhiA '*Il0Il8

gaghntishah

Filat9iI
gaghan"'.dbhih

*eginners

are apt to confound this reduplicated perf.

act. participle -with the acti"e participle

formed b! adding the suffi+ CCC "at to the perf, passi"e participleP e. g..fir rita, pf. pt. pass.,- done, ,EICCC rita"at, ha"ing doneI D. *f*I'lI*i( rita%

"an, A. F
both end in oF

ritbantam., The cause of 0the confusion is that "an in the N M sg,

.@4. 4. *ase. F. F aD /FaD, F maD, fi6 .an). Their strong. base is -....V an F their wF est, -V nP aFd their middle base ... a. The N. sg. masc, has -lit A, neut, .. a /cp. the bases in FinG.
If the suffi+es F man and 5Ii6 "an are immediatel! preceded b! a consonant, the! do not drop their ... a in the wea est cases. Tbis is to a"oid the concurrence of three consonants, though the rule does not appl! to bases in simple F an. Hence C-CC-C atmatHl!, but F ta shnA., O
.

On the change of F m to

it n, see

7H.

H'.

I&E:?EN#ION.

. In all other words the ,. a is optionall! retained- in the ?F sg. and in the N. A.(. dual neut.

uspV rlgan, m, a ing.

#IN$.
#PB%.

N. D.I. digit A.Fr-)lnam (.Frlgan I. DlIT rlgna

P.

N.(. D.ITifI liglnah

us.rI rignaC I
lTiIftt
FIrFgabhih rlgani

uttr

"#g*li or

tTiI.

rfigasu
#PB%.

*JJIIi6 *lman, n, name.

#IN$.
IB!P.

N. A. iITIf nlma

'if!tt

n\mnf or

".
I. ?.

...C,C dmani
ifI*I' nltma or 5iI'0lfi6 n\man

rmn n\mnl iI-.f" n\mni

iITF

I'
or

nimabh!am nlmnol

'if5!iT8

I'

'i'f0IriiI8

nE/mabhih

dmasu

n\mani preceded by a con%

F brahman, m. n, the. creator /Fman sonantG.

=A#:D?INE. #IN$.

#PB%.

D. il.rT brahmA. iFI'#I0I6 brahminam

(. *FIi6 brahman

iFmI08 brahmitnah iIlrllAI brahmanaA

II

I. *I*!0T brahmanE

Z CIIWfiAI% brahmabhih 0.

DE:?EN#ION.

H)
aD.

KrnOlF B....
.@K /.)6G.
I. F

ia ~

*i*I*i6

pathin, m. path, has for its strong base panthAnP for its middle base pathlP for its wea est

.r.r

base **5(. path. The N.(. ag. are irregular.

#IN$. &?D*.

I N.(.FI panthih I A. FpanthAlAa.m I.

4. F

FpanthAn'h

II
DDA?.

**5** path\ ,han, n, da!, ta es F

#IN$.

I'

****8 patha pathibbih

II

,baa aa ita middle base.

&?D*.

I D.H. 5't8ahaA
I.

-WI- alm!
?. T FahDi

I'

I.iCahntorFahant ahobh!lm O

II'a''J
'IIl*fi8i8 alIobiii

..,r. -hno.
ahaAsu

I ''

~~~I~,!2nl

l~,h~4
ahorAtrD, m.l da!

The (isarga of the N. sA. is treated li e an original l r /64G. Hence .FI aharaha , da! by da!P and, in composition, e. g.
F abargafta . K, 4& /I))G0.pV'"Fn, ta e F sun
2 , '

E+ceptionIFI mIa dog, F!D"an,

) '#

and night. m. /<u"en%isG, !oung,

OtherwisF the! !tin

their wea est. base.

are declined regularl! li e 5II5tI'I6 brahman, m.

. tT.@ r\trt, f. night, becomes B. r!m, m, /or n.G at the end of compounds /cp. 4.6, 4G. 4 u ee uueecented "a /.@., I, foot%noteG. :pa Z= i).9).!.(n) and

:t,;<r.
'

9or !u%unP

u :or"aP

:pa

similar contraction in ?at. <iin%ior.-

6@
#IN$.

DE:?EN#ION.
&?D*.

N..ITs"\/YY(/aG(G F!t."A
.. ~ s(\nam F!u"anam

.IITiIIs"\nah

.AiII stinaA ..CI !itna

F!D"anah

(..IiVs"an/YY"o"G

F!D"an

6 /4@4G. F han (from ta es F ban /lengthening F

=O1.#$.

%C-tit han, to
A:O.&?.

I..IfifIl(abhl F!D"a.bhih

illG at the end of compounds the "owel in the nom.<sing.G for its

strong base, F ha for its middle, and brahmabdn,

NOH. &?.

./ ghn

for its wea Fst base.

NOH. &?. N.

a *rahman% iller,
IN#-l-*. &?.

56f hi

FI

banah

..I gbnu

FI

babbiA

'
?oc, sg.

iFIt*I8

.... 8

'8
brahmahabhl brahmehaei.

56rfH8r h\ni ++ ],fi<i

brabma=ni

bra.bma= brahmah'.naA brabmaghnD

lI.I-fw

brahmaglmi or F III. *aa.s in '

a .
or F

.@H /.'.G. These form tbeir strong base in F

middle in F as F Fprat!a ,
#IN$.

a , their wea est in F behind.

=A#:D?INE. DDA?.

il l

an , their /according

a is preceded b! *(y or C "G.

&?D*.

N.(.lIF

prat!Di

Slli..l%t!all au

@CI %t!an
SiftFI
%tt a

A. Fprat!all am I. F ?.Fpratt f
.

SiliF
1

%t!an au
&tya?bhyllm

pratt \

I iI&l.ITIV
oF

&tt:X!

'i'I'fhf8 &tya?bhl!
&tyabhli

oF

9or F!a

and F

"a respecti"el!.

Dnaccented .. !a and

C "a are contracted to F t and F &1. in this case, though the! are more commonl! shortened to F .. and F ...

DE:?EN#ION.
NEDTE8.

$i

I
F

N.A. Fprat!a l
Other words in F
STFYD$

o ;it""

&tBf

a: are I%
=IDD?E *A#E. WEA1E#T *A#E.

*A#*.

sam!aAi , right low sadhr!an , accompan!ing

sam!a

sami-

Fn!an ,
F

Fn!a
Fsadhr!a

Fn.

~82dh+fk
FanVi F(i'=

F
-C-F

an"an , following
"lsh"an , all%per"ading

.Fan"H
F"i'h"a

F F

d.dan , upward tir!an , tortuous

Note%F

FFd.da filFtir!F
',

FudDl
Ftir= 4 bA , downward, a"'.F for the

prg , forward, eastern

and F

south, ha"e onl! two bases, F strong, and 111", pra

prA.n and F for the wea .

and "1111", ad
=A#:D?INE.

N.(. sg. F

prfiIil

Hr

A. I. P.

prt/il am .

pl.FI

prltn a

0I*5III8 prfl ah

m..-t pmA.
'

*I*fnf8 prrgbhi
F prlbhu

pr\ i

* t,

though no ! precedes the a, b! analog!. The '* in the strong

, 2 9rom tirb /?at. transG [ ai, to go. and middle base is due to analog!. K F

prAn , -worshipping,-

is unchangeable
<2

,%"8,

I,

noteG ..

H 9or F

[ lJ prAn N s 9 Or!n: 9 prail ..

64

DE:?EN#ION.

.@6. The beginner will find it useful to remember the following points with regard to changeeble bases I% I.

The "owel of the sufti+ is lengthened

in the D. sg, maso. in a: and CC at O medhi"l<

all changeable bases e+cept those in F

..Ii.,ihi/agnimln,
!f;f'4f pratidi"a.P

f; OO EIli/"id!l"AnP DilTrlgA., -8Tbrahm-,

Elift
F F

dhanl,

*fI*5Itt "AgmI, F

.Ttt-.I.i/ gart!AnP
*ut F
4.

rurud "ine prat!att. man, 'Ii6 "anG and those in F .

bba"anP

The D. sg. masc. ends in a nasal in all changeable bases

e+cept those in ' in /also min,

fir.t8

f.IPV BinG. .

an /alsoCiV

K. All noDD# with changeable .Aases, which lengthen the "owel

in the D. sg. mase., sborten it in the "ocati"e.

FiV
brahman, F

)?niman, ' "ld!A"anP -@.IiV li#an, ~ .IF pratidi"a*P F dhani*, F "\gtnia, medhA"ia< 0Fil#6 g*rt!anP F ntrud"an.
F Oratyail.

*ut l8i/bha"anP

H. The feminines of nouns with changeable bases are formed b! adding t to the wea base /when there are two basesG or to
the wea est /when there are threeG. sion in F E+ .O dhaninQP The! follo .. the "owel declen% "id!f"attP medhA"fnt F

/li e F

nadt,

IIIG.

f* .,tnft agnimHtt, f;ill;1t *fTfnr.ft "Agmfnt, F

ruruddsht P F
bba"attP

2tft' rlgfttP F ..C:t.8ft gart!ast P

pratt f. ..

E+ceptioDs.%*,#es
-'I":6)II), fat,

in JJIi/ "an become -lit "arlI F pi"an f.lITt.t.l p."arl -'l"lf%!a). *ases in CiV man are declined F dlman, f. ropeP N. eg, F dim A, F

li e masculinesI

FdimAnam.

DE>?EN#ION.

D. sg.

(.
A.

'#*i6O2mb. 8puman
F

N .(. . pl.

%pi"I

ptimamsah

pllmAmsam
pums\ I. P.

I.

<ln

*fir. pumbhlh
Hpumsu

*ase. endiDg in (ow%au. .@7 /4K'G. A. *ases in .. a and -lIT , /. aT$ . %es, ?at. %DI, %um I -lIT A. 9 $ . @, 7AP ?at. aG.

%@CP

*Iriir 5..*Ihr8
*ase

=A#O.

#IN$D?A8. B/.

Anta AntD Antena Ant,,.a ..

.IriilT Ant\

*Iriir

DDT.

Anta

. *Ihn ant\
F ant\m

F antam F Antam

A. F lntam
I.

-IIriifiI

*KIi'f*r*n antaCA
F AntH,.ai
.

...nt...
F ant,t

Antena

6.
Ab.

.IIiimr

'II'iimf ant-,..
F Anta.s,... Ante inta Ante Anta7@

G.

F Ant-t .IhrV; AntM

*IifHn*n8 Ant-,%Ah

'.
V.
N. A. (. $. ?.
.

*Ii4

-IIii.n.rrI
Iiili/ *IifZ inta
DllA?.

Ante

*Iif> inta

.i5

Ant,,.A
4

*Ii4

*fhr *If*

*Iihil
.8-ht-.I.I

Antali Anta,.oh0

*Ifir

Ante

I.D.Ah. F Ant,bh!Am

F Anti/bh!Am

F ADtHbh!a.m .IfiritI

'...I Anta7@

The "owel declension /e+cept bases in

C-l ri and

diphthongsG

bas the special endings F ai, 'III8 lA, F am in the dat., abl. gen., loc, sg. respecti"el!. I ambA, mother, forms its(. in .. aI (Ir amba.

..r.n

DE:?EN#ION.
#PBF!P.

66 *I'hrtfHr Antbi

N.(.

.. fin8 :!ntZh A. *IihrTi6 Bn. i

I.

.IhnI Antn

..ftI

.Ihrr.
F

Antn Ant\hb!ah

.I-hrtfiI

AntaD Antebh!ah Anteshu

F- Antlbhih lIF Antbam F Ant\Fu

..ftI

Antbi Antebh!ah

AntaD

D.Ab.FI ?. F

..'iih*I8
F Ant-shu

$. aainli,I-/ lntbAm

CF Antbam
am follow the pro%

Note%:ertain ad<ecti"es in .I nominal declension /.44G.

all,-C A,F

.@' /4K)G- *ases in radical .., A, declined ali e in the mase, and fem., throw oir the-C A in the wea est cases. In the neuter the! shorten .., A to .. a and are declined li e- F A.ntFm.

Fl?53l "is"ap\,
N.(.FI"is"apih
A. F"is"ap\m

all%protecting

-.;~

paG, is declined thus I%

f="is"apau F F FI "is"apau %p\bh!Am "is"ap%5h

&s' ...I

f'!'38 %pD

I. F

"is"ap%\

P. flAf; "is"ap%f

I nOO ;C

...mI %pltbhih
%p\su

*. *ase. in F i and
.@) -834). *ase
ltA#O.

,r%.

sD i, pureP
nBT.

IfF

masc., fel?, neut.

mridu, soft, n+.
D%BT.

SID$BP!F.

D.

A. ~

-9-I -9-I
sti i

&Elf.

ArIA#O.

',f&

17f.0

~1
mridti mridum

~1 'lr'8
mridD mridlim

'

IAA
mridli mridli

m il sti im

sli i sB:i

*ti im

'

DE:?EN#ION. . :p. '4, note 4. . I Orig. am

66
%O(#-,

[ 'I $oth.

%sns, $ .

?at. %os.

DE:?EN#ION.
GlA#e. Y/.

I. ' ' ' 5 ' '

ri ri i

I. F ri :

.A.IC
!l

.f-r.n
Dl

D%Bi'.

1A#O.

IlI.

lYt(i'.

Ifr-T

mridD mrid"l

I04T

mridDnl

iIl

nl

iii
mrid"aV
*

+
mriduu.e

sD a7e Ab. $. ri e

%rI

%li:yai*

't. iAI.e mnda"e

.A.ICI .AmI -.FI

ri:y<*' ri iDaA mnd5.

.fWTI
mrid"ll

If05K

?.F

FFF,

". F
Ili:a.
%li:e

ri:y!m *ti iai

,r.
I**:i

rp
'

mriddDah

')
mridau

mrid"lm mridHDi
mrldo mrldu

[
..@.
mrVdo
IB!P.

III

mndo/
CB-

m !oh m !o
N.(. F A. F F FI

m i*o mrid"5A
#PBF!P.

mrid"5.

mridmol.

"%nI
I0I5'

,FC-FI

FI

I0I5'

,\..F.
sti m

Sti:a(<! #.. a7a %li:l0*i sd$i& sti iDi

mrida"aA mridaBa

mri;itni mridhi

IllK
mri;b mri;(\,

A.D.Ab..fF I. $. ?.FI

sD ibhiA ibh!lm *Tr.mt8 'l. FI

,fFI

If9AI .f..I .f..I

-mFmridubh!Am mridDbhiA

D. Ab.
?.

mridl.bh!ai $. ------ifli/ C

FI

sti ibh!aA #.. ialm

po
F mri;blm

*li ishu

'$* mridushu

Note I. Neuter ad<ecti"es /not nounsG ma! be declined throughout /e+cept N.A.(. of all numbersG, and feme ad<ecti"es
.

#ee

.@7,

foot ..note.

6'

DE:?EN#ION.
I,

4. =onos!llabic bases may& ta e the special fem. terminations pol!s!llabic bases must.

K. &ol!s!llabic bases shorten F t and -#a ti in the (. sg. H. &ol!s!llabic bases in M t ha"e DO ll. s in the D. sg., e+cept
FI la shmfh, goddess of prosperit!, =ntrth, lute. A. pI. in FI tA and FI -O. .
#IN$D?A8.

m tari- ,

boat,

ifHtt8

6. &ol!s!llabic bases form the A. sg. in F

tm and -#-V -O.m, the

*ase N.(. I. D.

lit

dht, thought

earth F bh/V F F .FI bhu"i bhu"e bhu"'.

F nadi, ri"er F FF nadE

55l"adhli,
woman

lit8 dhfh
fJl.n
dhi!rE

C-.I "adh\
"adh/-Vm

A. M'6 dhi!am FbhD"am

nadfm F

iI=t nad!rE

fl! dhi!e Ab. $. NtrI dhi!a P. fJmr

dhiBl

;nad!ai

.f.An "adh"i
-fF "adh"al -fanI"adh"an -f,nF "adh"lm

.8I.Enad!

&
bhu"i

th

iFm6
nad!lm

". F
nadi

...

N.A.(.F
dhl!au I.D.Ab.F dhtbh!\m

'

'

DDA?. bhu"au nad!au b=bh!\m

&
"adhu

"adh"au

'

'
nadfbh!am

"adhDbh!Am

'

$. ?. -CCCI
dhi!5A

FGI
bhu"5

iI.I.I
nad!5h

5f<I*8
"adh"5h

. .@

7, foot%note.

DE:?EN#ION.
#PBF!P.

6)
..=I "adh"a
F "adhih

N. A.(.

m8 dhl!a
dhibhlh

FI

b="a

....-I nad!a
A. FI nadA.h

I. FafI D.Ah. FI
dhibh!=

5flt8
b=bhlA

~fi+.
nadfbhi

F=I
"adhtThhih

FI
b=bh!ah

FI
nadt-bh!a nadfnAm nadfshu

.fJ.AII
"adhDbh!a

G.~
P.

J.C

dhi!lm dhishD

' bhu"lm
bh.ls=

Note /44'GH

stri, woman, though monos!llabic, drops F s

~"

'

'
"adhVfnAm "adh/Vshu

.I-D

in D. sg., m2st ta e the special feme terminations, has an op% tional A. sg. and pl. li e F nadt, and shortens F t in (.
-e-

N. sg. . strf

at
strl!am

N. A.(. du, F strl!au

N. pl. FI strl!a

A.

f~
'

I.6.A!.
$.?.

'

A.

stribh!b

strfm
stri!fE

fFI
stri!5

alI
strE

I. D. Ab.$.FI

' '

I.

M8
strl!a strtbhl

I'5

D.Ab.FI stribh!aA

stri!al stri!\h

G.

~*6P8

strtnlm

'.
V.

'
stri!lm FstrV

P+

., strishD

X1

D.*:?*N#ION.

n.
**2 /4K6G. *ase
GlA':.

%2.. in 5Ii8
&Ell.

maac., f-em., Ilaut.

NEDT.

SID$BP!F.

*I*f naptri, 'iI'0T naptd

grandson -alIs"asri, F F s"asE

sister

N. iI*I* naptA A. F ? D. Ab.$. naptAram

s"asbam

-... dhltr/, .... dhltrl JIll dhCC

Wt.' %trinl
oF

pro"ide,nee

'4IK naptre

..' s"asre
*KI*Ift
'"asm -'WI/FGs"asaA/rG

'X)T s"asrl

orS..%r %trl

%trine or

@.., %tre

38(') naptuA /rG ?. iI*Ift. naptari (. .IWE/D Dapta /rU

.EI.lI/FGs"asuC/rGopI%trtnaAor-I%tuh -.ftu.%trmiorowft%tHri JIIldhitri oro .. I %ta

N. A. (. $. ?.

iI.nD nHptbau
n-ptnoh!am

Fa
F '*88 F FI F

IB!P.

*(Dbau

F F

dhltr_nt Stribh!am 7tr-no&

I. D. Ab. ..F

s"asrt.^h!AmF

*IF8 nHptro

'a)8 s(,)ro
#PBF!P.

N. (. .I.Iro naptAraA. A. F

s"asi.ra '"asrfh '"asnDhi s"unoh!aA s"asrishu

F F FI

dhltrini dhAtrl-ni dhltrlbhi dhltnhh!aC

I.

.I.f.lr. naptn.^hi
naptnoh!a

naptrtn

.EI.lflr.

D.Ab.tnfAlP ?.

EI*l!f8
F

$. FnaptrlnAm

F'"asrlnAm

FdhAtri-nam dhltrlshu

iI*ffl naptrishu
I.

Note e. g.

The names of relatione in C ri /e+cept bhartn, husbandG ha"e a father, and

*I*f naptri, *K*f

a before

s"asri, and F

f.ft pitn,

short ..
N.

mAt\P duo N. A. (.

-fin8IT pitarau, *ITiI; mlt=uP

A. f-;if/ pitrtD.,

**** mAtr/,

motherI

f;-ft.

pitl,

pI. N.

f.li8II
0

5'in

rP

pitarah, *0Tn8 mltarahP

.ffi/E mltrf .

Note 4 /4K7G O ., nri, man, is declined li e

f;

pitri, onl! the $.

DE:?EN#ION.

5.

OI. is F

I.

FnF,

nrtnt:m or F nrinlm. N. ... ;, A. F naramP D. F me, A. $. FI/FG n..i/rG, ?. trit.nari, (..II n- OO

Note K /4K5G. F boshtn, <ac al, is irregular in forming itsmiddle from - roshtu. in 5 ri is formed by adding Nate base H. The feme of ad<ecti"es tI m.

*** artCC

.tt

f+ ...,

artrt- /li e

*Ftt nadtG,

tI

*. *ase.

in

i'

ai,

.n e, ..it au.
7ft go,
m. f. b2ll, cowP

cit nau, f. ship.

D.=.
A. Fr\!am

..K /4.7, 4.'G. *ase-

rai, m. wealthP
SID$BP!/.

28 rRE

'?a&X!
Al&Vglm ATIIT ?a.!. Fga"e

.rn

DaliA %Jl=vr.

FnD"am *I*'IT obI

%vi>?a,.

.. Dlnri!l D .. l!rl*e Ab. $. D.rI ri!al ?. *lf*f rlp

...I gc#A

1iTCni9:

CC- ga"i
IB!P.

.....I nl"-C %''?os. nA(E -JIf*f-)

N.A.(. ItI!au F I. D. Ab. F rAbh!t:m $. ?. t..-.iTI rl!5 N.(. D.II ti!ah

A. B*f8 ra!-C

tm

..C-I ga"o .
#PBF!P.

mF

g-"au 4 d"au g5bh!Am F naubb!lm

iIAlI nA"5h
tncII n\"ah -lIi'<=~)
*fr*I8 d"a

.A8I g,"a

I. 2D8 rAbhlA D. Fb. .I.J..I rAbh!alt $. t0*I**6 rA!t:m

P.

AitfltI g5bbih
F F g5bb!ah gbAm g5shu

...I g,A

illfFI
FI F F

naubhih -lIa; !,)

naubh!ah nblm -IIf*<i>ll) naushD %Jlav<'l.

ut

rAsu

m,

Note%tiT d!o, f. hea"en, is declined li e,C go. It coincides in N. and (. sg. with F di", s !Vlo5, 4G.

X2

ND=E8A?#.

Degrees of :omparison.
..H /4H)G. The /secondar!G suffi+ of the comparati"e Ci8tara/$ . FfpOG and that of the superlati"e nil tama /?at. %timoG are added to the wea or middle baseI #ti i, .AfF'.. itaraC F ri i% tamaP Fprl , .ITIit prl tara, .mIiII pri tamaP F dhanfn,

*f'r

CfinnI

dhanftara,

E*fH8r>*I

dhanftamaP F

"id"as,

"id"Httara, f.l-l.&l "id"HttamaP tara, '0IiInIiII prat!H tama.

fF

prat!H , .&IlIit. prat!H %

..6 /46.G. *efore the other /primar!G suffi+es of the comparati"e Fi!a' /rarel!.8V!as, $ . 0CaW, ?at. %iorG and of the superlati"e Fisht a/$ .%-OToG,base' are reduced to one s!llable, suffi+es being droppedI F matimrfu, wise, anrl.8V mHtt!as, IIfnm.f,tisht a P F "rlndlra a, beautiful, F.8V "r/ndi!as, PF "r/ndisht a. #ome of these comparati"es and superlati"es ha"e no corresponding positi"e from the same root. and F nedt!a.s, nedisht a, belong onl! in sense to F >pa, small, and CIi-.iA.Ii antiD, near, respecti"el!. /46lG. As a rule the root ta es $una before these two sufti+es, with metathesis of F are F shudra, mean, F sh5dt% !asP triprH, F trHpi!as. There are, howe"er, man! irregular forms, e. g. bahula, fre;uent, F bamht!as. These primar! comparati"es and superlati"es ha"e the acute on the Ifirst s!llable.

itF

Dnt!as,

.IifiA( ImnishtAa,

...

CIIAF

..5 /46KG.
I 2

.D.**A?#. :ardinals. ' t '4=i6 asbtan /OI:T>,G. 1 Ht -8iV na"an -?lI'IIfa).

atDr.
.@ II 0.4 FO FF

' *K'*Ii e a. It .,.. d"i,

5 ')*F( saptan /E7ICC-,G.

5 F .;F pan an. 5 F .f.:, shash,

..

' fHr tri. I

C-8

dasan /Kfl:tAOG d".ldasan.

F:le iIB't'I'( e Adasan.

F.t F

ND=E8A.?#.

X)

*" ;F *I*tll.Mli/ tra!oduan. .H ;F FF aturdasaD.

.5

X1 'o

*,X
III

;C F

l'

.;FF

7@
'@

C@ W8-fiI saptatl.
to
FiI ,*itt na"atl.

..ft

shashtl ..

pan adasan .I

sh5dasan.
saptadasan. asht-dasan.

91 4t.Y
.@@ .@.

Ffir

;, FF

3oo '
lY3 '

satam.
e asatam. F dhi am satam, d"fsat'm. F d"!a% e l%

.' lt CCIEVFi/

.) l4t. FF0na"adasaD. Csiff-F. fil.ina"imsati.

4@

F
.@4

'o '

"imsatf. e a"imsati, tr-!o"imsati. .asht-"imsati. n-"a"imsati. l.natrimsat.

lo'

fICF
F

4. ' l 44 FF

Ffi.-

I.fctFfir d"i"im*ati.M
.@K

dhi am satam.
lY' '

2" 'M ''5' 4'

trfsatam. am ',tamO

Ft

w"tfciF .-#ifNF

FFtr!adhi%
..@ 3'Y

4) '4t. -i8fFiI"@

'

dasasatam.

Fo F

tnmsat.
nH"atrimsat. itna at"l% rimsat. at"Arimsat. n-"a at"A% rimsat. .inapan Asat.
.@@@

F
211 9tYY .. '

F
dhi am *atam. d"e sate.

;asi&

K) .'4t.

-tfEI-NF
FF

F "@@

4@ )1

C-iilrftF -#if.iF

Foo F

FtCtlni.
4@

d"fsatam. trfni sa%

H) &I)4t. ''

AF
F

trfsatam. satlni. sab'.sram. to

.@@

lo'o ''.'if;asa

Fo Fo .;Fpan Wt.
Note%In 'me.,. F order to form 0the numbers trH!as, and

from before -ImF

not

enumerated abo"e,it is onl! necessar! to remember that 4,K, and ;555 ' d"l"imsatF,

.%"t

asht-

4@

and "@

(**&

-6CiJNFfit

W!o"imsati,

asht-%

C ND=E8A?#.

C-.V aant-n, howe"er, has the fol.owing alternati"e forms I% N. A. ( O .%wCl asbla., I. FI asht.bhll, D. Ab. '4IT!IK Fhtabh!C-, P. ' ashtAsu. I Note /46'G. '. The numerals K to .) are used as plF agreeing with their substanti"el in Dumber .and cue /K and .. <n gender b. The Dumerila 4@ to )) are sing% fem.P F..-saD and na sa=% . sra, sing. neut, /sometimes masc.G, are used with nODD#in the same case /in FFpositionG or in thF $. plur. ..) /46)G. .#t
and
./....I,

alsoG.

'.
pratha% d"itf% tritf!a , r rth FI .)th F FI e ldas,l. na"adas,l. 5na"ima. . SlD, oF,

@ifT, F, mD, %I, %am.

fr-Iit.rI,

ard

.Aft.II, @.IT, F,
%l, %am.

!aA, %A, &sm,

55rtfiTfZ>If8 %bna"imsati%
tarnal. seth C,,CI

Hth FI,

O,otr, oFt%HrfD,%A,%am.
6th FI, 5th -IIr.,
7th 'th

o,ff, F,thD,. @.lT, %f, F, O8, %l, %am.

%-me
oF,

atur%

turf!aA,

D'IfAIiiI "imsatitam'A.
trimAl. trimsattamDM
:at.!rim& pal AsaA.

.i55'5.

K@th FI

FI.
''8

@Ait,
mD, %f,

%., %am,

on, F,

%-me

paitFa%

41th ..... *rt..8 :at.!ri'5'.

shsshtG,'. ,

sattamD.
6@th FI

-'....I
.AII.II

saptauiaA. 0FhtamaA.

83... M.....

Ipaa Asattama . 5@th .IfI.pr. shashtitam'A. 5.'t , ... filii8 e ashsshtit,% m*A.

)th -if.II: na"amD. loth FI dasamD.

F.Ir.

e ashasltt AD.

XX 7@th .. rift .. I Mptatit,mD. F.CIiI )@th e Wtai.

,Iat t5Dflln ..8

CF '@th

FCC-`-I

e aaaptati% tamC-. e uaptatai. uttitam, .

*I*Iftnnr8 nantitamD.

).#t , ... lImil'8 e ana"ati% tamCM

FI e ana"ataA.

#I#t F.in&rIe AsttitamaA.

Note%The

looth FI

AtatamaA.

feminine from VGonwards is alwa!' formed with F

t.

*-umerioa.. Ac."erbs .4@ /45@G. CC

ana

otheN- De2i!atin?

..-I d"fi,
F

sa rtt, onee,
twice. -

!8 tril, thrice.

. .iF
FI F

iatdri, four times.

pal a rit"Hh, fi"e tim OO shat rit"l..., li+ time., etc.

5n d"idhl or Dd"edhl,
!'** tridhl
O
F F F

e adhl, in one wa!%

inCtwo wa.s. or ian tredbl, in three wa!l. Wurdhl, in four wa!s. pal adhl, in fi"e wa!s. sbodll, in ai+ waB', etc.

fnr. d"iAA, two%fold

e uHlA, one%fold.
O

.FI
F F F F

.riAl, three%fold, etc.

d"fta!am, a pair.

d"aAlbn or CF

tlaAlbn or F bitaram or ..,., 8all, a triad. .tHtushla!am, a tetrad. pH.hata!aID, a pentad, etc. -

#aY@Yl0ll%.,

%&

.4. /45.G. *ase /in compositionG F mad andF .... =I. N. Fa=m, A O. F I. I.

*ase (in compositionG i3 t"Hd aad p; !uahmHd. Ft"am, F thou t"lm, thee tlibh!am /tibiG, to thee

SID$BP!F.

mlm, me

II.ITma!A, b! me

i*I*IT t"HfA, b! thee

D O. lf.I.IIm@.!am/mihiG,tome F
Ab. -C

mit, fro...me $. I#r mama, of me P. *If3 mH!i. in me

F hat, from thee

.... ta"a, of thee iIIf; t"a!i. in thee

N.A. F-"Dm I.D.Ab.Fl"\bh!Am $. P. ..,;r. A"a!ol D. ' A.I F I. FI D. F Ab. F P. '

''.

CCF !u"iilhpm ,Cn!u"E!ol

#PB8<!P.

(,.Hm,. we aamin, us

F F

rl!am,. rou
!ushmln, !sou !ushmlbhiA, b! !ou
to !ou

aamlbbil, b! us FI ,smat, from us asmlau, in us F!ushm-t,

asm,bb!am, to us FBD'hm-bh!am, FBD'hm.ml,of.@u

F

from !ou
in !ou

>. Falm,bml,ofus

!.uahmlsu,

* -fbia is properl! not a geniti"e at all, but a neuter sing. of an ad<ecti"e stem formed with the suffi+ % a. AI- 2

%8

. &8ONODN#.

, The following enclitic forms are also usedI #g. A. lIT mA.,i-n

t"aP D. $. it me, it te, Du, A. D. $. -C nsu, F A. D. $. ..I DD, ..I "u.

"Am. &l.

Demonstrati"e
M..
SID$BP!F.

l-rO.OllD'.

.44 /454G. *ase /in compositionG ;t=,

GZA#O. DH.

that /alsoThe,
#PB/!P. A-lDI O

she, itG.

. N.

-'-I sal

/dG.

WT s\

IHA#O.

/)G

it t)'
.ITiV tin FI talA
.

in8 til'

A.. F tam I., ihI tena D. %.nitasD?ai A. Ah.W.IIT.r

OO,%....,

.IF tBm .I.ITta!A

...I til

.I.flAI tlbhih
*IT!r. t\bb!a iI'I')*.

$. .flII tas!a

taam.tU

mtas7,iU
.ft;tI

tasT%.IltCC

itAfI tebhB=
W.I&Vtuhlm

.-

rt,-m

?. F

tasmin F

Dual, m. t/ N. A.(. $. ?. ta!ol.

Neuter, N. A. sg. F tat /$ O .,.d, ?at. Is%tud, Engl. FtG, du, itte, p...Itfirt\ni. The other cases are the same as in the masc. .4K /45)G. *ase /in compositionG F
, #IN$D?A8.
+. <)1. #l,P

rnI

..tau,

tastAm Fteshu

F
I

tim
tlhb!AmP

W teP

I. D. Ab. F

idam, this /indefinitel!G.

&?D8A?.
' .G/A#d.

,-C

N ... I.

a!am

i!am

F ime Fimln
FI

A-lDI., -

A. Fimam D. ..

rnaD.ena
asmaE

AbF4'IFTiI asm\t F -%% .. ,

$ O. Fas!a

FFim\m F ana!A.,
.. F ,'Bal

FIiF Fimn

FI
,

as!aI
,.,

li 'ebh!= ..
Fesh\m .E.es=

ebhl

-IONI FbhV
FIAbh!aC

?.

Iw.F

FAs\m

asmin

''!\m
.

F-su

Fp.

6H.

8rllYDYBD).

5)
Abh!lmP bnlni. ..

Dual,m.,f.,F.,A.(. FimaH, $. P.

4iI*I*8 aa-!oC.,

F imeP0.. D. Ab. F

Neuter, N. A. sg. F

idam, duo F

ime, pl.

.4H /47.G. *ase /in compositionG

#IN$D?A8. GlA#e. &DZ.

adds, that.
'#PBF!P. AlA#;. &Df.

N. Fasal. A. F D. F amdm am%5shmai

Casali F F am\m amlish!ai

0... laml
F amln F amC

I'
Fam?hAm

amfbh!aA F amVVbh!ah
amf*7hilt

I.

F F

amlinA aDlDsh!.

amu!\

dfar. amlbhiA FI

I
*IIfIIIT8 amHs h y!!
Famt.sh!A.mFamfshu

.
.

Fam\sham

!b

...'. &

nr amtishmAt P. Famlishmin

$.

CDam\sbu amltbh!Am,

Dual, m. f. D., N. A.(. F amtiP I. D. Ab. F Famu!oC. Neuter, D. A. sg.FI adC-, pl. Fnhm\ni.
.46. ?i e A.
I

3 =d

are inflectedI

/45KG. The demonstrati"e

-V;l

sg .. D. '8 s!-h, F t!at, etc.

4

s!\, ill""

pronounsI 0Ft!ad, he, she, itP t!atP A.lI&V t!am, i,T06 t!ftm,

etHd, this /"er! nearGP sg. N. F esh-C ., F esD, etatP A. F emm, BTI6 et\m, F at,t, etc. K /47@G., F enad /encliticG, he, she, it, is defecti"e, onl! oc% /45'G. F

curring in the A. ag. du, and pl., I. sg., and $. ?. du, It is tlubstituted for F. et,.d and F idam when these refer to an F etad or F.V * /47KG. The id5m in a preceding sentence.

intenoptive
imP !. '
.

pronoun F am, F

im, whoX sg. D.

' :a, ClIT I, F

Dm, F

im.

:p.6H.

&*OlfOO?

(*.

.4' /475G. *! acidiD-F =Ii aDdF-C to eertain pronominal basel, the following compounda, impl!ing ;uil.ntit!, hlwe been
formedI%

F F F

tl"at, .@ much etl"at, .@ much F!l(,t, as much f!at, '@ much 'h h ........ --C !aWl, ow muc

* .

ftanr];

declined H:e DOun# in

Tat /)'G.

'

f!ln, F

f!ati,

Ff!at

/)'G0

Dote&a ati, how man! , Bti,'@ man!, and !-ti, as man!, are uninftected in the N. A., but in the other cues are declined li e F .u i /.@)G. . .4) /477G, The interrogati"e F im, b! addingC,CC it, F . ianC or .t3 -pi, i' changed to an indefinite, pronoun. D lt, F Ffm it, loFe oneP 4it. ' F it, an!thing. ..... uhnH, F WanH, F ldmhnH, lome one. sfHr 5. pi, *ITfiI ipi, t.&rf; fmapi, lome one. . F F also

*Ifr

...
.

Ia the lame maaDer inde*.nite ad"erbs are formedI F A$a;5 when , ~ bdnit, .8ICA F, onceP .. "H, whereX it.lflr Blpi, not an!where. #ometimee the relati"e pronoun is prefi+ed to the interrogati"e, to reDder it indefiniteI FI **8 .H. H., whoeoe"er T ' .ftII yIIa,.. F.of whomsoe"er. ?i ewise ..I F yR* Dtit, who% I@'"er, or F ... yi0I Hs a, or ./I ..... rI! :Bhn4. . The relati"e pronoun, if doubled, aslumel an indefinite or rather distributi"e meaningI -C ..I, ....If, .I;, !5.aA.!!l, !Hd!ad, wholoe"er. Oceaaional.. Fhe relati"e and demonstrati"e pronouns are combined for the same O2rOo)<8 ' Cdttad, whataee"er.

I'

:ONlD$ATIONi

fold /and similar words in ..!aI ..C tra!-GP fr>*r d"fta!a, two.. fold /and similar words in ...t.a!aI A.I.I trfta!aG, ma! followthe pronominal declension in the N. pl., and fw.ft.I d"itf!a and F trit.!a in the whole singular. E-.' iaramIA or ...F iarameI D. fn'iTl3 d"itf!l!a or

flHiH%.a d"itf!asmaiP Ab. flltH.C, d"itf!lt or

H/...-C d"itf% !asmltP $. n-,.fE:f d"itf!as!a T ?I fI*it*l5 d"iti-!e or fI rftca fDlfV d"itf!asminI N. pl. frIft*n8 d"itf!=. Note%At the end of possessi"e compounds /4.'G these pro% nominal ad<ecti"es are treated li e ordinar! words.

rl

f'n'

:HA&TE8
:ONAD$ATION.

I(.

.K. /4'5G. #ans rit "erbs are inflected with either acti"e or middle terminations. The acti"e "oice is called &arumai%pac.a, i. e. transiti"e /lit. -word for another,- from ; pHrasmai, D. sg. of '3t, pHra, another, i, e. a "erb the action of which refFrs to anotherG. The middle "oice is called ..tmaD.e%paH'.C i. e. intransiFi"e ,/from-llA.ll-it ltmHne, D. sg. of 'III'*'Iit Atm-n, self, i. e. F "erb the action ,of which refers to the agentG. 5 . . . The p.... i". ta es the terminations of the Atmanepada, pre% Ifi+inglI!a to them in the four special or,modified forms. In the other fOrID#the passi"e, with two e+ceptions /.7', .'@G, coincides with the Atmanepada. . .K4. The #ans rit "erb has in each tense and mood three numbers, #ingular, Dual, and &lural, with three persons in each. ,@@ -814)' There are in #ans rit forms for nine moods and

FD'e#I

...

perati"eP

&resent /indicati"eGP 4. Imperfect /iDdicati"eGCP K. ADlF H. Optati"e /potentialGP .6. &erfect /reduplicated and

periphrasticGP 5. Aorist /flrst and secondGP 7. 9uture /simple and periphrasticGP '. :onditionalP )% *enecticti"e OF #reLati.e (a ind of aorist optati"eG. The abo"e forms contain two principal groups, the present group /present, imperfect, imperati"e, optati"eG and the sibilant group /simple future, conditional, first aorist, benedicti"eG. Of the remaining forms, two are reduplicated /perfect and second aorist, KI see .5HG, two are periphrastic /perfect and futureG, and one a root%preterite /second aorist, I and 4I see .5. and .5KG. *esides these forms, there is one infiniti"e /.).G, unconnected >ith an! tense%stemP and participles connected with three tensesP present, simple future, and perfect, acti"e, middle, and passi"e. There is neither < pluperfect nor a sub<uncti"e in classical #ans rit, nor is there an optati"e or imperati"e of an! tense e+cept the present. There are therefore far fewer "erbal fOl.D' in non%(edic #ans rit than in $ree .

S,ecial

ana

General I&oF.

.KH /4)HG. The four ftrst of the abo"e%mentioned fFrms, which ma! be called the #pecial or =odified 9orms, belong to the present
Item /cp. $ . C.".C.,.%OGF '$nn""~oll, #.;.#.,.$0%JU, T-(rrr%f with aor. '-'I';AJ'-<Il.. Tbis present stem is formed, Vrom the root in ten different wa!s. Hence #ans rit grammarians ha"e di"ided an "erbs into ten classes, a di"ision which ma! con"enientl! -be re% tained. -In the other fi"e forms, which ma! -be called $eneral or Dnmodified 9orms, the .terminations are added immediatel! /or

In the tenth class, howe"er /nearl! all the "erbs of which are secondar!G, the present stem
after Insertinga is used in most of the general forms, as in the other secondar! "erbs /eauseti"ee, desiderati"es, intensi"es, and denominati"es, which >ill be treated in .)4%4@5G.

sibilantG to the root.

:ON#DOATION. .' l0lea

:laI#eE

cnu....

com.t.... In the first, comprising the .#t, H-th, 5th, and loth classes, the present )te' end. %in O a, and remainF unobsaged tiona.
throughout.

.K6 /4)6G. The Fen

are di"ided into

.@

In the aecoFa coll<.,..tion,

maining. :lalsea, the terminations

whicb comprise I all the re% are added directl! to the root

or to the suffi+es -C .., F nu, or -C nl in the pr .... t ..... which .'oluulIMble, being Mthe .tro; or '4ea:.

I-cmDatiOll. of the I-l%... nt #tem.

t K5 /4)5G.
I.

.i.. I'inrt Oom.tlllation.

The first or *hd class adds. a to the last letter of the root, which ta es $utla of a ftna,l "owel /short or longG and of a short medial "owel followed b! mae consonant.

'l b=, to
~~~'
4.

beI present stem F

%bbH"CIaP

budh, to
.

nowI
1

The si+th or Tud class adds an accented .. a to the root, which /not ha"ing the accentG does not ta e $un. *efore the Ca, final Fi and are changed to Fi!, Fu and Fd toF n", ...r, i to ri!, and .ft rf to F ire ft% tud, to stri eI present stem F tud%i. ft ri, to goI ft*I

ft,

%..

&t

nfl, to praiseI F nu"%-. If mri, to dieI f*rL Inri!%-. rl, to scatterI ir%i. K. The fourth or Di" class adds .. !a to the last letter of the root /this **!a ha"ing been accented originall!, some roots of this ri!%H.

-l

m.

clas' are shortenedI

.II-lI !Badh,

f.ruI "fdh%!aG O.

F Dah,to bindE .8rnHb%!a. Fdi",%to pla!I F df"%!a /56G. H. The tenth or :ur class adds ... il, to the last letter of %the

root.
A final "owel ta es (riddhiP a sbort medial "owel followed b! one%coDsonant ta es $una . .. a and .ft "l followed b! one consonant become ... A and M

:ON.D$ATION.

&&
directl! in the

K. The se"enth or 8udh class adds the terminations to the final consonant, before which i6 n is inserted wea , and .. na in the strong forms.

EF !ug, r <oin.

to <oinI

t&r. !uilg%umla, we <oinP

!u%n-%g%mi, .

H O. The IIfth or #u clus adds F nu, which ta es $,Iu.a in the strong forms, to the root. , eu, to s;uee2e outI su%no%mi, .#t sg, pres. FI su%nu%mH , .st pl. pres.P

5,l**f

5. The eirhth forms becomes .,.

@,

or Tan class adds F u, which in the strong to. the root.

-IIiV tan, to stretchI

..WI tan%u%mH

, let pl. pres.P

.I-.fGfit tan%5%

mi, IFtIsg. pres. Note%All "erbs belonging

to this class end in i6 n, e+cept

%,

riI .Iufir ar%5%mi, I do. 5. The *iDth or 1rt class adds to the root the s!llable ift nt, which becomes ... n! in' the strong forms and is shortened to F 0l
before "owels in the wea ..t:rtt to bu!I FI forms O Aut%rat%mDl, .st pl.<

..rhuTfiI. rt%taI%mi,

,.st sing.P F

rtn%Hnti, Krd pl, .

-.rile Augment.
.K) (?er). The imperfect, the aorist, and the conditional ta e .. a /which is accentedG as' their augment. This. a, for.m.s

%(riclc.hi with an initial "owel.

F F budh I pres. F undI r/ bOdhAmiP he wetsP impf at. F .-nat.

.
-bodham. ,., riI

*If'I.*ir

TtIf> unltti,

impf, F

ati, he goesP impf. F.-r

The augment of the impf.end aor. /which are then used impera% ti"el!G is dropped- after tlie prohibiti"e particle iff -I$'q)/ .@ F F ml b="An A.rsFtt, ?et not- !o-or Honour do thisE

m\ .

.or Iff55 '

ml

sma

arot,-

=a! he

not

do it .C

..

&8

EA@llAD$ATION.

a.a.IpDcatiOIl.
.H@ /K@4G. 9i"e "erbal forms ta e reduplication in #ans rit, "i2. the present stem of the third con<ugational class, the perfect, , the reduplicated aorist. the deaiderati"e, and the intensi"e. Each of these fi"e has certain peculiarities, which must be treated aeparatel! under the special rules of reduplication /.H I, .H5,455, .)',4@HG. :ommon to all are the following.

$enenA. *ules of *aa.plication.

I

/g@KG. The first s!llable of a root /i. e. that portion of it which e. g.F budhTmbu%budh.. /K@HG. Aspirated letter. are represented by their correepo.ding

ends with a "owelG is reduplicatedP

, 2

unaspirated lettersP e. g. F

to sha e,

T6-l

bhid, to cut,

9 =F

bibhid

dudhu,

CdbC

@ -345). $utturals are represented b! the corresponding pa.e,% tals, lh by ~#/ e. g. F ut, to ae"er,TF u ut< .IIV be.n, to dig, a han T 0I*6 gun, to go, TT F gagain P F has,
to laugh, Fg,has. H /K@5G. It the root begins >ith , first onl! is reduplicatedP far.t ,hip,

TF

moN

than

ODe

OO8#>nant,the

e.g. F ru', toahout,TF to throw, 99 r.t-lI8, i lihip.

u ru*P

B -343). If a, root beglne with a sibilant followed b! e.. bard consonant, the latter is reduplicatedP e. g. C stu, to praiae, tllshtuP lIIIlsthA, to stand, F in.IIIl tAstbAP F s !ut, to ;rolV5'
F iFi!utP
smriC to pine,

TD
*ut

-'f

9 WJIf

s and, to approa;h,

9'

u and.

saslDC (I, is .oftG.

5 /g@'G. If the radiea. "owel, whether final or ulediW. is Iong, in the reduplicati"e s!llable T e. g. F glbA to , enter, .&T.l gagAb i 5SIft ht, to bu!, mT :i:rt i ( a=I. to
it is shortened

stri e,Tft

sush=O
raclicFl /not finalG "owel is F

.7 /g@)G. If the

e or F

ai, it becomes

'@

0:ONlD$ATION.

>,OIJt.l.ptiOD, therefore, the term.iDatioD. are ace .. tea e+cept in the strong forms (*"*) and in -the imperfect /the aug% ment alwa!s being accentedG,
&reeent. Imperfect. &A8A#=AI&ADA. Optati"F
,F

Imperati"e.

I. 4.

fit mi . fa si

lit

:OIlA.

2Il;

conA.

WlVam4
'S

Fe!am'F!am Fe' F!A' F!at

'3!'

FAni
&(I)

fthiH/4G

'". 5' ti I. ..-I "al

4.

Ft
, *(

"a

Fet C e.a

It2
!lBa ..,.. !.a

**'8 thah

K. >8 tal I. If8 maA

4.

F tam F PrF tAm F

If rna
'

5I' tha

Pr ta
I F

n
an
5 , .F

etam F !at,m F tam etAm F!atAm F tAmema ..... !Ama FAma eta tmr !ata ..- ta e!us F !us ...., antu6
Imperati"e.

K. 'tI'fHHr anti
&relent.

AT=ANE&ADA, Imperfect. Opta t i e. ... .. ...M

I.Fe 4.(0se

.Ee/lG 5Ill6 thb il-ta ,C"ahi F

Fi/4G

Fe!a FethAs neta Fe"ahi

Fi!a F

CC

F ai
-]-

".4'
I.;"ahe 4. riethe/IG
.

t.r ita
F

tthAs

s"a t'.F. A"ahai

itF

t"ahi F

ethMA,in/IG *K*I**I#6 ' e!atAm FCemahi F edh"am

*Kti6 eran

;-ete/lG
fiAte/4G

Athe /4G 'II05'lIl6 Ath !m ( 4G e!AthAm FFetAm/lG FatAm/4G

' t!AthAm ' t!AtAm Ftmahi F Ftran

FethAm/lG FlthA.m/4G FetAm/ lG

FA.tlm/4G

I.;mahe 4.s:dh"e

Iff( mahi
406 dh"am WI at-a /4G

Flmahai dh"am Fantam/lF FatAm/4G

tdh"am F

K. ...&.it ante /IG -r.iI- anta /IG

4it ate/4G

OON.D$ATION. NoteC I%The

'.

before -IV m or , "P e. g. 4IITfiI b="A%mi, FI bb-"A%"u. Note 4%-ferminations beginning with "owels should be added in the Drat con<ugation after dropping the .inal .. a. Thus F bha"a et bha"%et, Note K%The terminations of the Drst con<ugation gi"en in the abo"e table as beginning with F e reall! contain the final .. a of the base iP but on practical grounds it is preferable to assume that the! begin with F e. C Note 4 %(erbs hi, which becomes of the Ifirst con<ugation ta e no termination the and sg. imp". &ar. Those of the second generall! ta e

final O a of the first con<ugation is lengthened

N' T F
N'

fJr dhi

ft

in .

(9$:. &X,) after a consonant (in 4,K, 7G0

(erbs of the fifth and eighth drop F hi, unless the F u is preceded b! a con<unct consonantI F i%n%o, but 'IITlTf( Ap%nu%hf. (erbs of the ninth clus, if ending in a consonant, ta e F Ana instead of

ff

hiI -C math, II.ntI math%\naP but 5K*ft ri, F rt%ni%hf. Note 6 %(erbs of the third class, and reduplicated bases /cp.

.H6, cl, TI, 6P also 4@KG, ta e and imp". &ar. In the the

Atm.

.nr ati and '40 atu in the ard pl. pres.

of the whole ta e F

itI 0I. of the Krd pl.

pres., impf., and imp". is

second cCon<.l.ptioAl. Ire<ected.

"id

Note 5 %I% (erb, of the third elase, reduplicated bases, and F /ol, IIG, to now, in the Krd pl. impf. &ar., instead of F.an,

u , before which a final "owel re;uires $usa, F u ma! also be added to d"ish and to roots in O ,I F ad"i'F%an or ad"ish%u P ...!A /c..IIG, to go, F a!An or FI a!%u .

-WfA.I fI*t

&aradigms.
.HK /K44G .. !s the four classes of the. first con<ugation are in% flected e+actl! ali e, one paradigm will suffice for them. TheC same applies to the Ififth and eighth classes.. In the second class, F %d"ish has been used, instead of F ad, for the paradigm, because it illustrates better than F ad both the rules of internal #andhi and the dDference between strong and wea forms,
$

ooNJ1JGATION .'

O OONAD$ATIO,N.

7)5
-\#.

I~
,,'
1,~
%P

f~ *

'

* +~

0'F-f
I

58*

/at
i
&;

f
..d F

8?
.&s
'

. .
O

'

-~ .'I~< Ii T. It *
s
Y:d

I60 e

' '.

' ;

.F

'

I6
'

It
'

I6

FP

.... '

27

'

E., ++ '.

.E

8<.

~,<=

' '

. '

.i

8&

0
'

'

E.PA

-$A

.e .' fl
'
I

i & ''K . H. iF.r8 I-.F

8a

.';

&e

re

r0e
..cI . rt8f
''

V.

'

..

.
'

ce .

..
V

E'

'

'

.8 t iF F . F E. i. I
'
LHH,H 't*.
5';

..cI

.d

,as

'

'

..c

.,;

'

'

HfM. f
C-..
'

F Z A Fi F F
;KK
tt
5'; .5

...

..

re

.
,.MI

0e F0e re. 0e F
..cI
,..IP..
I

. i ' .f
,.d 5';

'

ft

'

tiH f.. il5 *>

'

:AOlDlG-> !TIY0r +

81

, I~? ~ 00lF/i . H.t it

t

'4

.H

Fi g-t (I t /i .,t t iF
t

.P

E i

i i
]I

it ,E *
10 ~;

.;

*I

B 6.E B
+
a F A

'K

' I

'

,FtI7i-ti t

.....<

,f < t ..H
.e '

i* ?F ~l ~*
.~ C r, ...

8 FF'II F
F F

t t S5K

e.

l 8 6
'
O

+ ' Jiii0
.

''

..8

'

F F, F
*
'

'

'

-C

'

..H

'

'

88

:ONAD$ATION.

!ONJ GATION "

#$

Ii (1 ?~ ?~rf QT
'

.;

K'

'

H8

... POP
'

1~ Jt i]
L

.;

'

''
I

It
'
to

.'

' IT
$O

JK
HK
'

Ia

JK
CIl

t.

.;

. ~*
.

' .PA
$Il

88i

~i

'

<
iI

tQ'a
to

Ps

tId
'

&.T
'
I

%T
9'

'i
'
' ;

:~ ...
%t-&
'e_
''

ce

'

''

7n
IPCIl

~g

HK

,
:I#

~1 iK
'c'

:I#

~i
'
$O

'7t7lt
$O $O

*~
Q
'
L

' ''

rP

t''
'

<' 3 ^ <' @ i~
$Il

'

'

'

$Olfill:tATIOlf.

).

92

:ONAD$ATION.

98

ii.nn

bre?2l'tie

++
step,

A-int :oD<.,.tioDt. IH. ,0'T.rtt ' *hl I. F lu-am, to

:las..

wr%F

.% am, to sip, F

gull, :o eoncesl, F

slDbi", to spit, lengthen

their "owel in the present baseI ...

rlma,

gDhF Wtw .t="aP F mrig, to cleanse, ta es (riddhiI Iftil mlfC,P ; =d, to lin , ta es .F F sfda /?at, atdoG. 2 +. 5, "i, to go, ***6 galll, to go, F Tam, to AesFn, form the presellt base >ith -PI Aa /T$ . /TI:G- .... "lk? hfl, 5'HI gH Da, .8I !H a /also F ish, to wish, in the 5th el.I F ikk*9).

wrF

,% \;A.a,(I

". *** ghr,C to smell, ...- pA, to drin , CC AlthA, Kto stanF, ha"e a reduplicatF preseAlt FseI fsnr Ilghra, F piba /?at. biboG, finr tlsht a /$ . to#l'f$, ?a.t. sistoG. . . H. F F dams, to bite, F manth, to chure, F rafl,g, to tillie, saftg, to adhere, F dHsa, etc. s"tttg, to embrace, drop 0the nasltlI

&

drF, to see, .*. dhmA, t) blow, lIT mnA, to studT, sub% dGmma, *fiI -DlF. 5. 'I' gnp, to peoteet, F dhf,p, to w.all.ll., 'a:e ' A!aI F gop\!a, -..I.... dhllp\!aP F bm ta es W.I a!,. with (riddhiI ...-.-.. lmH!a /properl! causati"eG. I. ' 9ourth or taul, to languishG F dsm, to tame, F bheam, to roAID, F mad, to re<oiee, C samC,to cease, F *ram, to be wear!, lengthen their "owelI *i**'r %dm.,, etc. 4 O .,. erbs in ., @ drop the @ -before .. !aP .e. g. F so,
stiF
.>.I pD!a, J...

6. F

Di"en....

..n

to sharpen,

Ffit

s!,ti /cp. .K5,KG,

FbbC-.aP F"!adh,
* 8 '

K. Fbluaml,tofal.,Fropsitsnasa.I
to pierce, tFes ,mpras>lana born, substitutes *tT*r ,\!a.
*

"fdlt!aP .IIV,aDC to be

The term applied b! nati"e grammarians to the contraction

. #i+th 1*' -I-d F pis, to form,

to brea , "id, to ind, C-C e.g. frlsifl:'. C 4. F

!t

*'E mD

m....

I.

K'It

, to loosen, F

rit, to :Dt, ft; hid, to "es, lip, to paint, -f./lup,

ai , to sprin le, insert a DualP

K0 F

ish substitutes F D for ChI V... i = /cp. .st cl. 4G. pra , to as , =*t6 bhragg, to tr!, In6M ;"%lk, to cut,

shorten .I ra to ' ri8 ,.

pri

a, C.

bhri,ga, C.

"ri*i-.

'eeoaH

#ecoad or Ad (Iriah) gabh, to eat, F rod, to weep, F

sleep,

m....

:oF.gatiOll..
I. F

an, to breathe, F

nu, to breathe, F

a"ap, to
'

iMart F i, in
4*d

the present forms, before terminations beginning

with consonants CC t of the F

A.

e+cept Ct-.P b.Et M F rud%!\mP

or O a before the F F

and or

and KrtE eg, impf. &ar.I

.-5di ..mi, but

-rod%t%t

md%anti,

Impf, sg. K. F

F-rod%a%t.

-tIAV

'',

. Fe

the wea

.. ;ht

to be, drops the initial O O in the optatiw and all forms of the pres. and imp". The 4nd sg. imp". is

*. F i witb miP;bi, to read, i8fteetPed in the sol"e. M. in the &A-efM and F ai /@,% a*l)Il. F l! and F ai!I pre I H. F itl, to praise, and.
I '

[ lG in

Atm. onl!,

re%

the impf. into

I +

.ri.rfll adb!Fl!<,F.CC-I
T

.Is,

adbi!e,

4. F

adhlahe T impf.

.-ule, insert F i before termi% C

Dations beginningwitb. F s and

'ldh /l, e.

adh!%althal. to

A.im.G

M52ti6

e. g. F.

iI%i%ahe, F. to shine, CFga sn, to be poor .. FF

4. sg. Ol. pres. and imp". t,Fi%dh"eP F#IIf I*%i ..sh"-,

.'%i%dh%"=n.

6. F b,
daridrl,

to%eat, '''l gftgri, to wa e,

sla, to rule, being treated as re%

*** "i, #'Ii,

of

** ra,

.. "a,

.I fa, -AI# l,, to the :OAre'ponding "owels F i, ... u,

respecti"el! /ep, .@K, IOF f,1*H.&2ote'.

.%
duplicated "erbs, ta e imp"., and F u

:ONAD$ATION.

ati and

.&? atu

in the K. pI. pres. and e. g. K. sg, is changed.

instead of0 CIIICV an in K. pl, impf.Q K. pl. F dandr%ati.

-fZ/Atftr
to F, sIs%tiP

daridrl%ti, K. du, FI

FFFAs
ds%ati.

sish in the wea

forms before consonantsI

K. sg. F

5.

ilbra,

sis&-t8$/ K. pl. F

to spea , inserts F i in the strong forms before ter%

minations beginning with consonantsI

( + a.
b.

If.t mrig,

.I.itt.r bIi"imi.

to cleanse, ta es = riddhi instead of $unaI

IItfi

mlrsh%ti.

l'!u,

to <oin, and all other roots ending in ' u, ta e = riddhi beginning formsI .iltir.!au%mi, ul"H . "edmi, has "idma /$ . but F a!a"%am.

instead of $una in the strong forms before terminations with .consonantsI

'.
F

*,t "as,

to desire, ta es #amprasAra8a in the wea

). "id, to now, besides the regular pres. F also a perfect form with a pres. senseI F "eda, pl.m

'!l

"asmi, but F

ol)a, ta#E.,,H $erm. weiss, wissenG, orig, "i%"eda, etc. /op. .H'G.
.@. F. II, to lie down, sleep /Atm. onl!G, ta es $una in the present stem and inserts F r in the K. pl. pres. impf. and imp".I

K0 sg.

Faserata.
II. ' han /&ar.GI to ill, drops -V n before, t and *( th in the wea formsI K. sg. C]firhanti, but 4. pl. F ha%th'.. In the K. pI. pres., impf., imp", the radical.C a is dropped and the h becomes

'

iZ le-te

/$ . CEiTC-GP K. pl. F

serate, F

serat<m,

.V. ghI Cif.. ghnanti, 3glmantu, F aighnan. The 4F sg, imp". is ..F ?ahl /dissimilated, li e a reduplicated form, for tf_ ha%hiG, 'rhir; or Hu :lass. I. Fd,, togi"e.and J.Idha, to place, 2se

dad and F dadh as their bases in the wea forms. F0Hadh /against 5)G becomes F dhat before, t and CV thP F dadh\%mi, but FI dadh%"ah, *80iI'I8 dhat%th%- . The 4. Imp", &ar. is F ;e&hi and

Etft ;he&hi,

:ONAD$ATION.
4.

'9(

lit mA, to measureC and tT hA, to 0run awa!, both Atm., ha"e and F gi= as their pres. stems, dropping the M t before "owelsI pres. sg, gih%e, F g.hi..s.he, K. pl. grF%ate T impf .O agih%i, agihi%tha , K. pl O .%f>w agih%ata.

ftDt mimi

C,it

t*rt

0.riltt.OI

filii

F bA, to leone, &ar., has ga= in wea forms, dropping the i before "owels and *6. !I .I-tIfil #~&Ami, but 4. pl. iI56hr #aDta, K. pl..Itfr ga=%hi. gFh%atiP opt. F gah%!amP

*tl8l

K. ., prt and other "erbs in which final labial change the "owel to F or(rlddhiI

is preceded b! a ilr, e+cept where it re;uires $una

I.

,rt

imp".

4.

sg. F

f;.l/.. piparmi, but

I.

8oots ending in "owels ma! drop the F u before 5t " and F mI Kif***I suno%mi, but O8 sun%"uor sunu%"- .

l'ifth or #u

m....

du,

fFI

pipftt"a .

WI

8oots ending in consonants change F u to ' "owelsI sa %nu"%anti, K. , sru, to hear, and .% dhu, to sha e, ha"e F
4.

3m

srinu

u" before and

F to

dhnnu-as indle, F
4. F

their pres. stems.

I. F

#e"enth or *udh :lus.

nasal before inserting if
D*I F

aftg, to anoint, F hims, to

indh,

bhaftg, to brea , and F

ill, drop their

....@
d , FI

iD- se instead of .' naI liflr trineIuni. *ighth or T,D:lass. 'K ri, to do, has as its strong base
tno, to ill, inserts ar5, and as its wea before F .m, uru%th'. , F base F "I F uru, the F u of which is ar5%nii, FI ur%

bha%na%gmi.

dropped

.V t. '

drop the F u before. 5t" and F m, as in the fifth. longing to this class are both &ar. and Atm .

F%!\m.

Other "erbs of this class ma! All "erbs be%

-I% pft, to purif!, .,prt, to

+ iIth or Eri :lus. drl, to tear, .%d=., to sha e, I5..., :f .ft,to cut, ., "rl, to choose, Cstrl,
H

I.5

.8
nI%mi.
4.

OOmD$ATlON-.

to co"er, .holten their "owel In the pres. stemP e. g. WT ?y!, to grow wea , l'T ga, to
gi, .fT #A, ~ F bandh, to bind, badb%nl%mi, now,

A.Ilf.I O*I&

KIt grah, to sei2e,

*'I'TiI'TftI gA%IlI%mi.

are shortened to 5'

K. F
e.g, F

C't manth,

gCnP e. g.

to sha e, drop the nasalP

math%nl%mi.

$eneral or DmnocWled -l-e .. e.. .H6 /KFKG. In the remaining forms%the 8eduplicated &erfect, the &eriphrastic &erlecl, the 9irst and #econd Aorists, the #imple 9uture, the &eriphrastic 9uture, Ble :onditional, and the *ene% dicti "e%aD "erbs are treated ali e, the distinguishing features of .
the &resent stem disappearing. Onl! the "erba of the tenth class preser"e their C\-.. a!. tbroughout, e+cept in the Aorist and *enedicti "ee

*ecluplicatec. &erfect.0 .H5 /K.K%K.5G. #pecial *ll.e. of *eduplication.

I.

-Ifl ri, C-l rt,

and **'

plicati"e s!llableI

.f :ri, to

li

are represented b! O a in the redu% do, F a lraP C-

t'l't, to

cross, A. I

.I.I.t tat\raP F lip, to be able, F a=lpa. 4. a, InitialC a or ..,. A. followed b! one consonant becomes. F ad, to eat, 'lifeH IdaP F A.p,to obtain, -l.l.I Ips.
b. Initial O a or ..,. # followed by -C rt, prefb-ll&V to obtain, .,F

!I 8 '

CC@ consonants,

and initial F "ig,

arh, to honour, F.Fr aP

-*rige.

K. 8oots beginning >ith ' i or -'-u /not proeodicall!longG con% tract F i N 'i and '4' u N O# fl to .%. r and O# %5 T but if the
r,dieal 'i or '4' u ta e $utaa or ( riddhi, *6 -. and CV " are Baaerie; be% tween the reduplicati"e F F s!llable and the. base. . ish, M...I ts=tui, the! two wishedP F i%!%esha, I wished I We, %.;I 5 atul, the! two were p.laI dP u%"%5b, I

....nF

was &Feaaed.

OONAD$A.TION-.

..
with an! "owel pro%

.H7 /K46G. The reduplicated monos!llabic

perfect ma! be formed from all

roots e+eept those beginning

sodicall! long but. a and -lIT A /see .H5,4G. All other "erbs, i. e. / IG monos!llabic roots beginning with a pr@'@dicall! long "owel /e+cept .. a or -lIT AG, /4G pol!s!llabic roots, e. g. F a la, and /KG "erbs of the tenth class and deri"ati"e "erbs /:ausati"es, De% siderati"es, Intensi"es, phrasticall!. . . .H' /F5G. Denominati"esG, form their perfect peri%

The terminations

of the reduplieated perfect areI%

#!ll!)M!I#!I!. . I. ".

K0

.(
/FGCIFe

Ca

/FG:f /iG"aI
/iGtha .,I -tbuA -tu

-...I
(')3

Ful

.,

/FGII /iGm-

!TM!D%#!I!. I.

/iGribe

/FG.Il

/iGm-he
*

4. /FGF

/iGshe

F\the

K. Fe

m\te
is Mo*I.

/IAi- /iGdb"e

it ire

Fe

singulu

&arumai

The terminations beginning with consonants are added >ith the connecting "owel F it e+cept in eight "erbsI dru, to run, , *I-D, to hear, F stu, to praise, ** sru, to flow, 'K - ri, to do, bhri, to bear, , "ri, to choose, #l sri, to go, >here it m*l)*H be omittec.. The K. pl. Atm. retains the F i e"en in these "erbs. The ' i is omitted in the 4. sg. &ar. in those "erbs which do not ta e .F T in the future.

'I

.A

E+. 'I0KI*I*l a Hrtha, F a FF-, F a rue. , .H) /K4)G. 8oots ending in -lIT A /or diphthongs,T.uC drop the >r A before "owels and the intermediate F iI
*

*94,

7G

F..

Yn t.lle cbanre of , dh to l6 di, cpo .6', p. .@5, 6.

1AA
dadh\-tba,
tl?. &ar.I

.:ONAD$ATION.

dadh%i%tha,

FI

dadhFu .

TheFe- roots /e+cept in

I.

F h"e,.to caDG also ta eC .6@ /K47G. F ish, F

I.

au as their termination

and K. the

JIT dbA, FF dadhau, (owels capable of-$una, ta e it throughout

singular if followed b! one consonant. i!%esh%aP

*'t budh,

!aiNbubFhaP

but iftcVgl",

~#i#i'va.
4. 9inal "owels ta e (riddhi or $uFa in the first, $una in the second, ( riddhi onl! the third person singularI ift nl, to lead, I. fif-ilT.l nini!a or fiIiA nina!a, 4. F ninetha or firPIri.r.r

in

nina!itha,. K. fPr.Irr; ninF!a.

K. =edial.

a before a single consonant is lengthened /i, e. ta es (

riddhiG optionall! in the first and. necessaril! in K. sg.P e. g. t%-I han, to ill, I. 5if'*tI'iI gaghlna or .I.I-iI gagh'.na, K. *I*l0' f gagDna.

.6. /K4'G. On the other handP the .root in the wea is wea ened in the following casesI%
I.

forms

8oots in which ..

',

is preceded and followed b! a single

consonant /e. g. FpatG, and which in their reduplicated s!llable repeat the initial consonant unchanged /this F+cludes roots begin% ning with aspirates, with gutturals, and with l/ "G, contract the two s!llables to one with the diphthong *K' e /ep. ?at. eap%io, cep%iG, This contraction ta es place e"en in 4. sgP &ar., when -.. tha is added With F i /the strong form is used when -.. tha is added with% out F-iGI pe u P Note%it rule
T

!ak,

I;m

pe i%tha, but '3*f$f3 papa %tha, tenuit. I . phal, to burst, F

I;,I

litV tan, F

ten%i%tha, FI cross, F
-iI-i.-T/

trt~Eto

bhag, to en<o!,

and C-V rAdh /in the sense ofe. g. , t"t, tatba,

illing -G irregularl! follow the abo"e

ift8. teru

'''
4 O.8oote

#ome others do so .

beginning with .Ef"a,also .IiV.!ag, to sacri.ice,F"..dhA grab, to sei2e, ta e #amprasArana in the wea

to pierFe, and F

:ON.D$ATION.

.@6

. Atmanepada /a medial "owel, as well as final 'lri, remains unchanged in the second formG.

:E .5., to
I ...

Nt

r5,

I-irat I-oIrm.. I-arumaipada. ..-/ HlA"%isham ... =I fH LKI gla"%ish,,,

cut.

.=I

. 4.FI

aIA"%i

W:P#IA-i/ >A"%ishtam .NlfHii-/ HlA"%ishtAm A.tmaDepacla. ... =fHi4.f] aIa"%ish"ahi

W=Tftn

rC... >A"%ishma
aIb%ishta

K0 CINtC-C, '.IH"%tt
I. 4.

... =it.rsI '.IH"..ishuh

-W=fctHiftHla"%ishmahi

-5NfHf.c '..a"%ishi -ll:Ps-far.'..a"%isht =

,la"%isbta

.Mffll III-.-i/Hla"%ishAtham .Fala"%idh"am

... =f;i:irili/ala"%ishAtAm O =ffillft ala"%ishat,.

K. F

8 budb,

to percei"e, as it ends in a eonaonant, ta es onl!

$una. &ar. sg. I. ' abodhisbamP Atm . -bodhisbi. Note%%al grab, to sei2e, does not ta e (riddhi. Other roots with ... a followed b! a single consonant ta e it optionall!.

..I.fJlfll

f.lA.t ship, to
A. F

.ecODel I-orm.
throw.

I-arumaipada.
a shaip%sam F - shaip%s", F .. a shaip%sma a shaip%.Pa
2 +...,8

a shaip%sih F

a shaip%tam a shaip%tAm AtmaDepac.a.

a ship%s"ahi

K0O F
I. F

a4I '5 - shaip%sit

8 ship%si

....r,,I - shaip%suh
.. fJ;>AIf,- ship%smabi

4 ...

r., D> IIa ship%thD

- ship%ta
4.

wfJi<eaf.
..

ft0 :i<--. ii(a

ship%sAthAm .F

a sbib%

c.h!am K O..,.,. FFF

pl .

- ship%sAtAm iii fatC ri - sbip%sata &ar.

>itftr -neahi,
,

eft

nt, to lead (final "owelGI

...nt!F

d.&V

anaishamP

Atm.
-W.fflt

Hnedl"am.

rl, to do (final75, ri)8 &ar. F

- ArshamP Atm.

H riabi,

4.

-W.fC-I a rithu,

K O .,.

a rita.

1A%
Terminations
'**'

OONlD$ATlON.

Inegul.a.riti ...
I.

beginning
,

with F

at or

'tKI6 sth
,M

drop their e+cept

F s if the base ends in nasalsI

4. F

short "owel or in

consonant

H shaip%ta, .,...I a ri%tbDP but..r.

EIT dbA., to place,

'.mamsta,

from iiiV man, to thin .

;a, to gi"e,

*IIlT st=, to stand, change

of the Etmanepada. spris, to touch, ta e HsrAbhamP -sri% pI.
4. F

their "owels to ' i before the terminations

These "erbs ta e the second aorist in the &arasmaipada /.5KG.

K. F

dri*, to see, F
Hsra.htamP

sri#, to create, F sri#, Atm. F

( riddhi
du.
4. F

with metathesis in the &ar.I F

.e.'IF

Hsn ahi,FI -srlbh"ahiP

shlAAA,

-C& urishtaP 3
ac.hA shamP Atm. FlIf pl.
4 OO

du.

54ffiKli'

asriddh"am. H. The aor. of F adagdhaP adagc.haP

dab, to burn, is difficult /op. 5@ and 5)GI du,

4. FF

adlgc.ham<
4.

pI.

4. F

=lhabhi, dh"am of
<

~Fl91

-dagc.h=,

F dh"am

J&DIF adhagdh",ID -6g, noteG.

4.

6. The

termination F

pl. Atm. becomesC

when immediatel! attached to "owel or or

root ending in an! other "owel F i preceded b! a semi% -la"idh"am

4.

than -lit AP optionall! after intermediate

hI F The

a ridl"am

but F

@.CV %d "am.

fH dh"e

of the perf. Atm.

pl. under the

same conditions becomes C dA"e.

in the &ar. onl!. The termina ... tiona are the same as in the first form, but >ith an F ' prefi+ed to them. =ost "erbs ta ing this form end in -lit A or in diph% thongs /which ta e 'Ill' A '' their substituteG. In the Atm. these "erbs ta e the second form.

.6) /K67G. This

is con<ugated

Thir; I-orm.

OON.D$ATION.

.@7

*lf !A, to go.

I. 4.

l-arumaiA,:.a. -W.ITf'... a!bisb"a

-W;,f\illa!,sishma.

FFa!Aaisham

')5*I'*lit8

g!Ast

C,ufnC,

K0 F,

-!Astt

.cDr(I a!Asishta >3tf='l'l*6 a!Asishtlm FIH!Asish.h

a!Aaiahtam

*'1*Irih I-@.-Dl. .5@ -364). The roots which ta e this form must end in a sibi%
lant or

l h, preceded

by an! "owel but.

a or.

A. Their radical are those of the of the

C(owelremains unchanged.

The terminations

imperf. of the first con<ugation

/cp. .5.G, while the first three

forms /cp. especiall! the Csecond formG ha"e the terminations

I. F

second. This form corresponds to the $ree first aorist %l-nm-ua.. dis, to show. adi %sha -di %shat Hdi shi shathaA -di shata ..

l-uumaipaHa.
.F-di 'hAma F

I.F-di %sham
4.

.. f'<l*4 Hdi shA"a

-WfF

fF ifnI6. -di

shatam

K. F
I. F

.. F

l.di shatAm

.rFF

Hdi shata. -di shan Hdi s=mahi

Atmanepac.aI

wfFAlIF

4. Ft*-.ITIadi

.rF

adi sh,"ahi ..

fY )i Iiift

K. F
4. ..F

gdi sha,thHm FFadi 'badh"am WfF'.. n*'l6. adi sha,tAm F adi shanta

fl

guh, to hide. aghubham

l-arasmaipac.a.
'***' aghu shA"a

C.-CC aghubhFma
gghu shAmahi
Fl

I.C-.fJ.r
aghubhF
..

.ltman'pac.a.
CE'<I:E<f]orF
aghu shA"ahiorHguh"ahi

.,'A
.,.

.iif_

C..CC..I

or -I&AIWTI

..F
5K<flnl'
-ghu shAtAm

aghubhath,h K.ForF -,aubhata

or agldhD -ghu '=thAm or agidAa

.

aghu shadh"am I#ghu shanta

Or F

-FdC"am.

.@'

:ON.D$ATION.

shi, .FI

K. Flih,tosmearI 9ar ... f:P#tiAC,'.li shamP Atm.Fati % ali shath,.,orF aIld=h/ 7)G, .fcnrPrHli sbata or F ,ltdhaP >fLHs' ali sbadb"am or F altd "am. H0 duh, to mil I F =lhubhamP 'far -c.hubhi. 6. F dih, to anointI .F ac.hibham P ...&Df>r =lhibhi.

nI

#econd Aorin.
I-irat l-oN.D. .5. /K5KG. This form is li e an imperfect of the si+th class, the terminations of the mst con<ugation being attacbed to the 2n&
modified root. . It corresponds to the second aorist of the .int Fon<ugation in $ree /N..nnr%o.,G.

F
AO

...rF

si , to sprin le. &anamaipada.

asi %am asi %a asi %at .. f/tC-lM asi A"a

4. FI

K. F

.rF
.fF
.F

-tIrw .. CC,

.rwF

asi atam

..nr.nr Fbi. ata

asi an

=iHm.

Hsi atAm F

i.tmaaepada.
I.F

asi e

..rFtlasi A"ahi
athlh

.. feC-HCIff-tasi Amahi

2++

fe -CtiTI asi

asi ethAm .. FFa'i adh"am asi.-eetlm mCP-Wasi anta

K .O F

-si ata

Irregalaritie OO
h!AF to tell, fs? s"i, to swell, F h"e, to call, ta e this aorist b! substituting a base ending in .. aI F a h!am, 5II'*II#6 as"am, F -h"am. 4. F dris, to see, ta es $nnaI F Hdarsam. K. F as, to throw, and F,as, to command, are irregularI 'II0'lIII*6 \#tham, F uisham /cp. .HH, cl. ii, 6G. H% /K55G. F "a , to spea , Fpat, to fall, iI.t nas, to destro!, form contracted reduplicated aoristsI F '."o am /T-%"a .. !a %am, cpo $ . G,',.8.,0 I?'?'',.<Jl. , ~ Hpaptam /T-papatamG, F anesam /THnanasam, cp. .6.G.
I. '

.54 /K5HG.

OoD0B$!TIYD.

1A.

#econc. I-ON.D.
.5K /K5'G. The imperfect terminations of the second con<uga% tion are attached to the root. This form corresponds to the second aorist of the second con<ugation in $ree , e. g. ,-H',-,, 9'

dba%me A lew "erbs ending in ... Ata e this formP also

be. The ... ', is retained throughout,e+cept when it is re<ected. F dA, to gi"e.
I. ' 4.

before

C#CI uA

i.bhn,

,&
to

of K. pl.,

There is no Atmanepa.da /cp. p.I@5, note 4G.

l-arumaipac.a.
F F F ada"a -dltam ,latAm Fadlma F-dlta FIHduh

adam adD gdlt to be.

FTI

K. F
I ++

i.bhn,
4.Fabhiil

Fabh.i"am

.F-bh.i"a F-b=tam. Fabhtitlm

K0... Fabh.it

.%" Hbbtita
.Fabhti"an

F-bhtima

Thir; or *ec.Iaplicated
.5H /K7@G- E+cepting

l-oN.D.

a few primiti"e "erbs, this form of tbe

aorist is limited to "erbs in W.I a!a /tenth class, denominati"es, and causati"esG. The base, after dropping F a!a, is redupli% cated, and ta es the terminations con<ugationG. of the Imperfect /of the first

'I

The primiti"e "erbs which ta e this forF areI **'6 am, to lo"e, dru, to run,

f>

sri, to goI

Hdudru"at,

he ranP

.wfFF

asisri!at, he went. .56 /K74G. a. The deri"ati"e "erbs, after dropping.a!a, reduce their $una and ( riddhi "owels to the original simple "owels /4@G. b /K7HG. All roots in which the shortened "owel is not long b!

position, lengthen the "owel of the reduplicati"e s!llable /-mit% mudatG O. Those in which the "owel is long b! position, lea"e tbe "owel of the redupliceti"e s!llable short /lirara sbatG.

..@

:OWAD$ATION.

c. Where, as in roots beginning with double consona.nts, the "owel of the reduplicati"e s!llable is necessaril! long b! position, it is not changed to the long "owel /a ui!utat, not - d !utatG. . In other wO=s, the Aeduplicated base, with the augment, is either " % " " " %. In roots beginning and ending with two consonants, this metrical rh!thm is necessaril! bro enI '. as andat.

or

#pecial *.I.. of *ec.Iaplication. .55 /K76G. .. a,

F i, 5S5 u, .... ri are represented in the re% duplicati"e s!llable b!

.. a or F i, F i, .. u, F i, which are all lengthened if ueceesar!,

I. "% ".

F mu , to releaseI "ridh, to growI -II.ftF bl"ridhat P l0*I*f glap%a!a, cans, of tIT #lA, to nowI .FifY35, agigilapat. **'6 gan, to begetI tlmtunu atP .. agtganatP .F F F dip, to abineI ..

.ftF

nt,5 H-/

4. " "%. adidtpat.

Irreg".larit7 O
.57 /K7)G. The causal aorist of F athA, to stand, is slightl! irregularI atishthipat /for atishtlapatG.

mF

#imple &uture.

.5' /K'.G. The future is formed b! adding to the base F '!a, or, with intermedia.te F i, F ish!a, to which are attached the
terminations
I.

of the present of the first con<ugation /cp, .H4G.

9inal F e, F ai,
gAs!Dmi.

.n

are changed to .. A.I

.t gai,

to sing I

**T'
4.

9inal "owels and prosodicall! sbOIt medial "owels ta e $..t,Pa fll gi, to con;uerI F gesh!DmiP lF dril, io seeI F dralalh!lmiP *'l. budh, to percei"eI 4Iir bhots!eP F bhid,

OONlD$A.-lION. Note
4.

..'

The '4*I a!a of the tenth class and of deri"ati"e "erbs or!laam, but Atm ... -I/fHiifti< .

is dropped in the &ar.I F

ora!isht!a.

.74 /K'7G.

I.

The *en. &ar. wea ens the root, while the it, &ar. r..ii*ltii( it!lsamP

Atm.
Atm.

strengthens itP fromC-C F etisht!a.

4. The *en. &ar. ne"er ta es intermediate generall! ta es it.

F i, while the Atm.

K. *efore the .tT !A of the *en. &ar. the base undergoes e+actl! the same changes as before the .I.a of the &assi"e /.76G. 8budb, to now.

lIanamaipada.
F F F budh!Ds"a budh!Dstam Fbudh!lsma ,.....,. budb!lsta budh!lsul

I. Fbudh!\a'm

,&2n8 budh!IA K..umt budh!lt

4.

budh!DstAm FI

I. F
4.FI
K. F

!tmaIeOaLla.
%shi!a %sht.htW %shtshta F %sht"abi

o.,hm ...*. *(%

sht!Aathlm
.

@.ft.rit %shtmahi
F F

&sht;h.%m
%shtran
A

om iii. Ii/ %sht!Astim &assi"e.

.7K /K)7G. The &assi"e ta es the terminations

pada.

of the AtmaneP%

#pecial I-orm OO .7H /K)'G. The pres., iFpf., opt., imp". of the &assi"e are
formed b! adding ..!a to the root. The &assi"e di.rers from the Atm. of "erbs of the fourth class in accent onl!I

he bindsP nah!ate, he is bound . .Note%F a!a is dropped before the ..!a of the &assi"eI F bod=!a, to ma e nownP *I*2iI bodh!ate, it is made nown.

if*I'I

if*I'I n'.h!ate,

.76 /K)@G. *efore adding ..!a, the base undergoes the follow% ing changes I%
I

YM*BQBTtYD.

**5

#eriOBMt;e l-ed=Iti% .7'. This tense is the same as i$ the Atmanepada, onlA the aF as and F bha, u well as *f ri, .. ,... be LY0,'te4 ill the .ltmaDepa:la. .

BeC F

Aoria-?
.7) /H@4G. The Atm. of this tense /.6', .5@G supplies the place of the &assi"e Mcept ia the *i0B; pano. which has OO pecial form.

m.,2..r,

.'@ /H,KG. The K= sing. adds to the root the sufti+ F i, which re;uires ( riddbi of final and $D= of medial "owels /but .. a is lengthenedG -C budh, followed b!
ODe

oonsonantI F

..

.@, ..

rif'I Hbodh%iP CC- ship, 5II'iI'If*I F!%iP *f ri, ....mI -Dr%iP

F sng,

rf.r H.A"%i P

..nt

Hsarg%iP

3 dah, F

F atrt, 'l!in*l Hstir%iP HdAh%i. .

H shep%iP

Hft .t,

N ote% (erb' in '4*I a.' drop the suili+ before the passi"e F i8 F om!a, H or%i.

....nnI

.*eplariti%.
.'..
I. F

ell aad

other roots in

Ma

insert

FFi.
4.

-.

before the F i8

A few "erbs with medial .. a are irregular in mserting rabh, to desire, ....tN Hrambh%iP .&V gaD, HgaD%i. li6 han has ' -lrhAn.al
a nasal or in Dot lengthellini- the O aI F
'.

or ... C- ... H"adh%i.

....nr

II

I'

I-A*TIeD-Ir.*#, $**(lID#,A*D I*I-I.ITrniP

I. Aeti"e llartlicipl... I .'4 /H.HG. The base of the pFMt and fIIt.lre participleF F
&ar. islormed >ith th.e. su.*+ F at. The strong base is obtained A by dropping the F i of the Krd pl. pres. and r2t.&ar.I hence .erbs of

the thir; l2s ana oth .. N:lupllcatecl .ebs /.HH, el. ii, lGP 4@KG ha"e DODDal in the strong base of the pres. part., while the flit. part. ahraA-' has F ant as its strong base. ThusI%
. 4

:ON.D$ATION.

..7 oPU %nteI

F b=!H%mAna. b="a%

after dropping the grd pl. termination mAna, lffftiiiitiil bha"ish!H%mAnaP F

II.iI mana in the pr ...

(erbs of tbe .eoO*el coD<uratio*

=!H%mAna, but .fafI-t guh"%Ana. .'6 /H.'G. The &Fect Atm. the Krd pl, Atm.I ten%ire, **''

Atm.I Wl Ii5.H. bosh!H%mAna,

ta e -IIA Ana instead of

t *IIIf*I

'

is formed with the *uffi+ -IIA

lna, which is added after dropping

it ire,

the termination bab="%AnHP

bab="%ire, F

itft8it

of

inrrHr

ten%An-.

&asa"e &articiple is formed witb the suffi+es if ta and ... *a. The latter is attached immediatel! to the rootI 'if *,, f'**,&;H the former eitber immediatel!I Cgi, fInr gi%tal, or with intermediate F iI F pat, *ffinr pat%i%D. The number of "erbs ta ing F i is, howe"er, "er! small. The suffi+es being accented, the root bas a Fndenc! to be wea ened in tbe usual wa!.
I

.'5 /H44G. The &erfect

VHH4U. =ost "erbs in ' t and # tt, and those in

5'*rt /which
liJ strt, F
und, to wet, :ausati"e

becomes F h, or 'if n-I stir%dP

cPft It, to
., pri,

O par%C,P &.. bhid,

'at ttr after IabialsG and in F d, cling, cPftF It%n-PC 'if ie, :fCl>%nHP

ta e the suffi+

flnr bhin%na,

Note%F nud, to push, F "id, to find, and F optionall! ta e if =I F n2n&2s or F nut%=e

4.

Other "erbs, with a few e+ceptions, ta e 'I ta.

a!aI .f8.I Dr%H!a, from *f k"i, to do, 5i*iTfor lr%i%=. Note %*! adding tbe possessi"e suffi+ CCC"at to tbe past pass. part. a Dew participle of "er! common occurrence is formed, being in fact a perfect comes.fA.i/ a ftnite "erbI C F acti"e participle. Thus

"erbs form this participle with intermediate F i after re<ecting -W.I

*fil'

ri%=, done, be%

riD%"An, one who has done, but generall! used as

' *fII*I*it

*fnTi(

s- talt r="an,

he has done itP (T

.@.,

'\

=t riD"ati,

she bas done it /ep,

note

4G.

:O*lD$.l.-fIO*-.

**9
-or
ia

.''/H4KG. The bPa..,2..bl.

formed with the td /..,.., W t0a) and -titV . C- ... ma!, M a rule, be substituted for the 'I D oft= paui"e participleI ., ri, to do, *f*' ri%=, done, *OI* ri%t"l, ha"ing doneP F "a , to spea , ... 2:..ta, lpo ell, 44T u %t"l, ha"ing spo en. The suffi+ .,. a!a. howe"er, is retained /ep. .'5,4G be% fore i0f* t"C which in this cue is alwa!s added with intermediate F iI F

aum+e. -C

AD.PIo.Ale

.mr, .ntt4liii I ora!%i%t"l. .') /HH6G. (erbs compounded >ith prepositions ta e ..!a /un%
F bhti%t"\, but .F

accentedG instead of i0f* t"lI

Cu %t"\, but 0IlH3 pra%d%!aP from trl, to cross, F a"a%tt-r%!a, ha"ing descendedP ., pr-, F sam%pth%.a. The .r.I a!a of c,usati"es is retained /the flnel .. a being droppedG before ..!a, if the radical "owel is shoftI gam%a!a, to cause to assemble, W.&I.IIsam%gam%-!%!aP "i% Ar%a!,,to consider /caus. otFUar, to mo"eG, F

satn%bh\%!a P

iA..I.I sam%

but F "i% lr%!a O.

lilt

...-tAa is added, instead of .I.a, to compound "erbs ending in% a. A short "owelI f*riii* g="I, but fIrftn3 .i&?f&tya. b. it n, which is dropped /in lODle cases onl! optionall!GI tiV han, @till- %ha%t!aP iii6 manF OIIAI %mH%t!, or 1I0i3 %m-ll%!a.
han has @WI.I % hl%!a. c. .V m, if it is dropped /which is optionalGI nam, -A.IAiIr

*'*'( gam, W&nII

or F

A%gF%t!aor-ll&.8l A%gHm%!aP F

pra%n-%t!a

pra%CCm%!a. .)@ /H5@G. The indeclinable participle is ltlost easil! formed b! adding the

sums. to that
p\!%,m.

in C-V am

/unaccentedG bhug,

form which the

...nnr

!etb assumes before the F i oftbe Ktd sg, aor. pan. /.'@GI F H%bhog%i, it was =ten, F -%pA!Fi, F bh5g%abl, ha.ing

eatebP

...pi, to drin , F

K;Iitiy ++ .). /H6)G. Tht illflniti"e /T?e.t. supineG is tormed b! adding **6 tum /unaccentedG to the form which the "erb assumes before

1"A
the ... .,

:ONlD$ATION.

tY of the periphrastic
F

future or the -iI-IIf ta"!a olthe l2t. part.

paas.I .-V.budh, Fb5dh%i.tumP ri, O ar%tumP or%a!%i%tum. dris,

mmash%tum

Cbbi.,Fbha"%i%tumP
T'

F ur,

WIYf:Hgl/

Deri"ati"e =erba. I. :ausati"e OO

.)4 /H5,G. These "erbs are formed in the same wa! as those

ot

the tenth class /.K5, HGI -C nl, to lead, -Pf.-.I.I nA!%a!a, to causeto leadP ., ri, to ma e, *ITt.*I Ar%a!a, to cause to ma eP . F "id, to F F now,

..F

"ed%a!a, to cause to

nowP

sad, to sitC their "owelI

sAd%H!aC to set. Note%=ost "erbs in ' gamP 0TII*I gam%a!a.

am do not lengthen

.)K /H5KG. Nearl! all "erbs in

F ai, 1 /which become ... AG, insert .t p before the causati"e suffi+I F dA.,to gi"e, FT;.t dA.%pa!a, to cause to gi"eP F do, to cut,

..n

.r

A, and most of those in F e,

fD*I

dA%pH!a, to cause to cut.

Irregu.a.riti OOO
.)H /H5K, IIG. F i withC sdhi, to read, .%urN.I adh!%A.pa!a., to

to teachP
gA.pa!aP , sha e,

..-A dh..D.a!a,P*** pA, to protect,

to lo"e, or F

5'l ri, to go, F ar%pa!a, to placeP fHr gi, F l-T gflA., l'*3*t DnA%pa!a or 'lI'*f'.f gn-%pH!aP *. dba,

*ffi40*I pDF!a, to protect P F F bhi, to fear, F bhl.=!a ruh, to grow,.

T '

*ft prl,

*fhrr*I

prtnH!a, to delightP labh, F

bhA!H!a, to frightenP

iTV;
,

roh,!a or it*F ropH!a,P F

lamb=!a,

sad, to fall,

F.IsAta!a,tofellPF*idh,tosucceed.WlC&Isa.d=!a,toperform,

msed=!a,

to perform sacred ritesP F

ban, .IT.f.IIhAtH!a.

.)6 /H5HG. ?i e the "erbs of the tenth class, causati"es retain y3 a!a throughout, e+cept in the reduplicated aorist and the *enedicti"e &ar. .

:ONlD$ATION.

1"1

.)F /H56G. If a causati"e is to be used in the passi"e, 'fill -., is dropped, but the root remains the same as it would ha"e been with...,. H!a. Hence

***X

Ar%!-te,

he is made to do T

'

rop%!Hte, he is made to grow. where the ** !a of the pusi"e

In the general tenses, howe"er, disappears, the causati"e ...,. -!a

ma!or ma! Dot reappearI there are thus two forms throughout, e. g. 9ut. bhba!%ish!Hte or bhA"%ish!,te O

'I5flI.n .. II.

Desic..eIrati"eOO

C,ftrWO-

.)7 /H57G. Desiderati"e bases are formed b! reduplication peculiar to be. mediate F i. con<ugation. Thus from F b=, to be,

of a

ind and b! adding l6 s to the root, with or without inter%

.F

bd%bhu%sh, to wish

These new bases are con<ugated

li e "erbs of the I5.rst

The accent is on the reduplicati"e s!llable.

#pecial *uIes of *ec..upDoatioD..

.)' /H7K%7G.
I.

All "owels, e+ceptFu

s!llableP F
..

or-#

>,

are represented ttl

b! F i in the reduplicati"e stands for ..., ri oF b!Fu. E+. -CshthA%sa%tiP

4.

or -# tt /also when F

5'* rt

after labialsG is regularl! represented ElIlT at=, "i%"rit%sa%ti. mu%mir%.hati. ind of internal shI

pa ,

f;;ar9n

pf%pa %.ha%tiP F

finn,C,

tl%

Hi4fir tD%tut%satiP If mri,

reduplication E+. F a %f sh%ishatiP with F i. asI F

F "rit, to tum, FiI

*utC8 tud,

8oots beginning with a "owel ha"e a peculiar

.C-fl,,,9n
uDAI

as%r,%ishatiP

4*It a
fp%sati.

sr...f.... fn u
F

CIf .. ftstCrw
'III*t
Ap,

%l A%ishati.

to obtain, forms /b! contractionG

If the root ends in a double consonant, the Ifirst letter of which is IV n, F d, 0or F r, the second letter is reduplicatedI FF ar %i %ishatiP

&3 undI

.,

ar I

FF

und%id%iahati.

.)' /H7.G. F ,i%ghri %ahatiP dtt%I u %ehati<

Olt&atiH '

gara%i%shatiP -GuiI F

r.. ,eiCf. ?f&?<.....ati or flOrftFf> ?r.. ftIC,ifC =% ir%ehatiP ; ?ah8' fit , .. r. CCFiI fF a%gi%IhatiP ndubI F
patI

0fte' gamI

pra lI

filcrfnilra pl.pat%i%shati f3*r.llfZ pf%priHi%i%shatiP

f..,lim

fcPsD IIp%e'teP Csa I,

s.i%ahup%satiP F hanI

i(wfit ft

or F

m.nr

labh I F

%ehate < F'(apI gl%gh,m%sati.

III. lat'Da". /.-n;u,'Dt,ti".G. 4@@ /H7'G. These bases are meant to con"er an intenseness or fre;uent repetition of the action e+pressed by the simple "erb. Onl! "erbs beginning with a :OD sonant and consisting of one s!llable are liable to be turned into intensi"e bases. (erbs of the tenth class therefore cannot be changed into intensi"e "erbs. 4@. /H'@G. Intensi"es are formed b! a peculiar reduplioaiion. There are two indsI the one adds.f !l. /accentedG to the redu% plicated base and is con<ugated in the ltmanepada onl!P the other adds the personal terminations immemate.r to the redupli% cated base /the first s!llable of which i. aooentedG and iii conAti% pted in the &arasmaipada onl!. F bhti accordingl! forms F bo%bhti%!H%te aad F b5% bho%ti. 8oots ending in "owels retain the ..*5 of the intensi"e base in the general tenses, roots ending in consonants drop it. Hence 9ut. F bobh.l!%i%tD,but so%sti %i%tl. 4@4 /H'.G. When ..fA, is added the effect on the base is the same as in the &assi"e /.76G and *ened. &ar. /.74GP onl!CC 2, when following a simple consonant, is changed to tt rt, not ft ri 8 , :n, ' e% rt%!ate. 4@K /H'4G. Intensi"es in ..., t"e eon<ugated li e the fourth class in the Atmanepada, >hile those which do not ta e ..!a are

Fr.nn

1"#

:ONlD$ATION.

I=. Denominati"e OO
4@5 /H)KG. These "erbs are formed with .r.I a!a, .. !a, and
'6II

s!-, or without an! suftl+ from nominal bases, and e+press some relation of the sub<ect to the nouns from which the! are deri"ed. The! are inflected li e "erbs of the first con<ugation, partl! in the

&ar., partl! in the

Atm.

I /6@KG. Without a deri"ati"e suffi+I from.,. rishna%ti, he beha"es li e 1rishna pi=r%ati, he beha"es li e a father.
T

from

*irt pitC,

rishna, father,

f*nr;*r

,..nr

4, a /H)HG. Denominati"es in .. !-, &arasmaipada, are formed b! adding ..!H to the base of a noun, and e+press% a. ! wishI from rit go, cow, -l/C;-fir ga"%!,ti, he wishes for cows.

These are a ind of nominal desiderstl"es,

but ne"er go"ern an

accusati"e. fJ. ?oo ing upon or treating something li e the ob<ect e+pressed b! the nounI li e a son. from F putra, son, F putrt%!Hti, he treats

b /H)7G. Denominati"es in ..!H, ltmanepacia, mean beha"ing li e, or becoming li e, or actuall! doing what is e+pressed b! the noun.

haw , pure, F

M-HCID

9inal .. a, F i, F u are lengthenedI su t%!Hte, he becomes pure.

from F F

s!enH, '.i i,

s!enA%!-te, he beha"es li e a haw P

Note /soIG%Denominati"es in ...- retain the ./! in the general tenses, unless it is preceded b! a consonant, when it ma! oe ma! not be droppedI 9ut.

#llifHinl

putrt!%it\

onl!, but

afiIfunn

sa%

midh!%itr? or >f*8mnn samidh%itl. K /6@4G. Denominati"es in ...,..-!a, which are treated li e "erbs of the tenth class and are con<ugated in the &arasmaipada and Atmanepada, e+press the act implied b! the nominal baseI F .-bda, mi+ed, sound, F sabda!ati, he ma es a soundP misrH!ati, he mi+es.

finr mim,

finr.I.ir

&llE&O#ITION#.

1"$
shtrH,

H /H))G0 Denominati"ea in t3 s!a e+press a wishI F mil , ..C \/H. .-. shtra%s!-ti, the child longs for mil .

:HA&TE8
INDE:?INA*?E

(.
WO8D#.

&npositiou.
4@7 -549). The following prepositions ma! be <oined with "erbs, while the first ten ma! be used separatel! go"erning casesI% a. afterP ...,. apa, offP -HIIf; api /sometimes f; piG, uponP CI-AI abhf, towardsP ... I, near toP -W.Il.pa, upon, ne+t, belowP **ft8 pan, roundP prati, bac .

.&fir ati, be!ondP 'fiD

adhi, o"er /sometimes

D dhiGP

F anu,

b. F

-"a /sometimes-C

"aG, downP

tid, upP

FI duA, illH

C- nl, into, downwardsP fH(8 nil, withoutP .&A para, bac , awa!P ** pra, beforeP iif (I, apartP (IV sHm, togetherP Csu, well. 4@' /6@5G. &repositions are usuall! placed after go"em. Onl! three, F anu, ...
.

the case the!

I, *Ifir

prHti, are in common ati, F Hnu,

use as independent prepositions. a. The accusati"e is go"erned b! abbl, F l.pa, **ft8 pari, prHti.

.t.r

.rF

..ft pHri

b. The ablati"e b! .,.. -pa, ... ..ft pmi, prHti. c. The locati"e b! C upa and Thus three of the abo"e ten prepositions go"em two casesI

\,

adhi.

and

*Ifir

prHti the ace. and abl.P F

upa, Fee. and loco

841 -543). #e"eral ad"erbs are used li e prepositions go"erning acaseI%

a. Acc.I F
.

antal, betweenP

4ir2 aFtar\,

tIDtarena,

$ree

prepositions preser"e their original position and accen%

tuation in the so%called anastropheI und ?inguistica, pp. ..K%..HG.

'trIJ', 'trapu. /cF. *enfe! (edica

.45
without, F FI

:ON.DN:TlON#

Alm

@. ..

&A8TI:?E#.

..tt*r*#6 anti ,m, Iaeu /also abhfW, aroundP 4*rft up*rl, abo"e, o"er ubha!HtaA, on both sidesP .A<I rite, without
regardingP

sbl., gen.GP /also gen.GP /also abl.GP

fAnII

timA, across /also Ioe .G.P /also Instr., abl.G b. IDnr.I F

ftt*nT

ni asbl, nearP

flfilT

"fnl

H.am, enough /also dat.GP anantanDn, afterP F

=I#6 samam, 3
Ambh!a, beginning

sa=, F
ftomP F
FI d.

sA.rd=m, together >ith.

/.rdh!HmP, F

c. Abl.I F bahiA, outside.

pHram, after P A&fftr pmbhriti, frotn P

I

$eD.I

.."

a"H , belowP

.fI

Hgre, beforeP 4*I8 ad=h, below /also gen.GP .. rite, for the sa e ofP F pas Dt, FP

l^uni , F the presence of.

4.@ /6@'G.

pnrHstAtF beforeP ... F

sama Dlam, in

0YITf'llIYtioa) an;.

othe &articles.
atisat"aram, "er! ;uic l!. with noun(

-IIftr,ti,
..

commonl! prefi+ed to ad<ecti"es and ad%

"erbs in the sense of -"er!IC to form ad<ecti"esP

.fnaC-/./

It is sometimes used in the sense of - going be!ond-

fiI rerI atistriA,

going be!ond /T e+cellingG

a woman. F HthaI I. in narration, : then, F , afterwardsP4. connecting parts of a sentence T and, also, moreo"erP K. in the headings of boo s, chapters, ete., nowT here begins /opposed to F iti, here endsGP H. ifI '4*I ri-lWIF-i.rftr0 n'Fnuga. Ami, gamish!lmi !ama sba!am, them, I shall go to Bama-s abode. '4*I '

Iff.lllll= .&IF atha F if I do not follow

'@,

-..-..

err atha "AI

atha

im, what else T it is

I.

certainl!, !es.

orP

4.

or rather, correcting a pre"ious

state%

mentP K. for %indeedI .C .@ F u !ate, for it is indeed well aaid.

atha "l sAdh.EAdam%

c

, .tEt*Or adhi ntp,

prep.

.rtfir .. untalAm adhi rit!a bra"tmi, I apea with refer% ence to #a untaAA /op. F uddfs!aG. apiI r, li e ,.. :a, connecting parte of a sentenceI more% o"er, and (>fL 4Oi&m api, bothMndGP 4. aAaoI FIf;

T regarding,

a gerund IO"enDng the ace., ie used li e a

with reapect to, with reference toI

5I.Iii&

CC--C-damana o s pi nir?a?!ma, Damanab also /on bis partG went awa!P K- e"en, thoughI CCC,,sf-l bllospi, e"en a childP

Ff; e A D&i, though aloneP H. Fall,' with numeralsI .. F I9f; enilCl`/ atJAmAm api "amAnAm, of all the four cutes. *esides these four senses, in which it -alwa!s follows tbe word
it belongs to, >f3 'Oi is used at the beginning of sentences as an !our interrogati"e particleI .,., ft api tspo "udbate, is penance prosperingX

m ..

WI I, prefi+ed to ad<ecti"es and participles, meansI somewhat, a little, scarcel!I F apa "a, a little coo ed /half%coo edGP F Am ta, somewhat red, reddish
T '

aIa sh!a, scarcel!,

onl! <ust, "isible. /There is also a prepositioD and an inter<ection -lll-l.G F Vti, thus, I. is placed at the end of tbe e+act words of ;uotations. With "erba ot sa!ing it supplies the place of in"erted commas and of. the indirect eonstruetion
4*'*

in EngliabI
''

.FLMtftr .. F

*I'II*&.f

ta"DgIAm arisb!AmDti

mAm u"l a,

he said to me, 'I >ill do. th! bidding,he would do m! bidding.

he said to me that nowledge,

It is similarl! 2se; ' ;uote thoughts, Fntentions,

though not utteredI .I.m%sf; iI.ccliiie;G F F Ff.r.r. blloFpi llfDl"amanta"!o manuah!a iti bhOmipah, one should ..@tdespise a ing, though a child, because (9 sa!ing to oneselfG he is a mere

-beingP -if F F ... dharmuAstnw patAaDti Druam, /the lmowledgeG that he leW the boo >f the
human

.4'

:OlDDN:TION#

AND OT*Am

&A8TI:?E#.

law, is not a causeP /.C.. fit fl .. F dAta"!am iti !ad dAnaC, dt!ate, a gift which is presented from a sense of dut!.
4.

*I*S*<K

T here

ends, at the end of boo s, chapters, etc.I iti tritt!oFIh a , here ends the third act.

F C

pl%

K. In the capa.cit! of, as far as, as regards, as forI

, '6(.*8 '
fa<f*tf>

mwn; F

*M fa

stghram iti su aram nibhritam iti

intant!am bha"et, ,' for doing it ;uic l!, it is eas!P as for doing it secretl!, it must be thought of. imiti, wh! indeedX

!fir

tathDti,

!es.

F i"a, encliticI I. li e I .C F F a!am ora i"fE.AbhAti, this man loo s li e a thiefP 4. as if, as it wereI F ;MiDiiiC CCCC-F himselfP sa shA.t pas!lmt"a pinA inam, I see, as it were, #i"a K. indeed, possibl! /$erman f@okl), with interroga%

ti"esI fF F inaflihfli/ im i"a madhurinAm mandanam nIEI....A ritinAmw,h. .at indeed is not an omament to lo"el!

Iir.t

figuresX
CCF uddfs!a, a gerund, lit. pointing towards, is used li e a prep. go"erning the eee., Twith reference to, towardsI

ri
F

W.t.AF

s"apuram uddis!a pratasthe, he set out towards his town. e"H, <usF, onl!, e+actl!, ;uite, gi"es emphasis to the pre% It must be rendered in "arious wa!s, sometimes e a e"a, ;uite aloneP F

ceding word.

merel! b! stressI .E.. F

the whole earthP F mrit!ur e"a, sure death. tatbD(', alsoP F tad e"a, this "er!, the sameP D-t)"a, b! no meansP F a e"a, and also.

iter

(asudhD(',

F not

e"-m, thus, soI F so E , it,

e"em astu, so be itP F

muFam,

'II ' f

TI hope, implies a ;uestion,

If>OT
/T?at. nonneGI

to which the answer 'i'**n t8n#6 '

iI,

e+pected is -!es-

a id drishtA t"a!A rAgan dama!antt, Dama!antt, @ ingX With a negati"e

I hope !ou baFe seen

hope not /?at. numG I

9I

,:ONIDN:TION#

'

ifI'*m'f it

,55I5r(lll

AND OTHE8 &A8TI:?E#.

..4)
te

a it

tu DuparAdham

rita"An asmi, I ha"e not done !ou an! in<ur!, I hope l

*I*I#6 lmam,
than /cp. F K. granted,

I. gladl!I F "aram%lI naGP

4.

Amam%.I *na tu, rather% indeed, certainl!, forsoothP followed b!

-IA.-flr

supposingI

generall!

*tu,

but, or

tatbA.pi, ne"ertheless. diArerence, incongruit! or incompatibilit!I

'Ii "H, where, if repeated with another ;uestion, e+presses great ....I -li.fiif 'Ii ' *I5!*i

FI tapa "a, "atse, "a ia tA"a am "apuh, how great is the incompatibilit! between /the tenderness ofG th! bod! and /the hardship ofG penance, Y girlE

****6

im, I. whatP 4. wh!, whereforeP K. whether, in dependent clauses, followed b! -orI- *** n utH, F lbo, or

.,].ft.cCC,

"a,

Ibos"itP ing. CC

H. bad, when prefi+ed to nounsI im u,

f.Im-.n

imrAgA., a bad

f.Itw :im

uta, or

fii pI

im punah, how, much

more, how much lessI tJ.Cc;CFl; CC *rII' ' e ai% am apFnarthA!a imu !atra atushta!am, e"en one of these /ta en singl!G causes ruin, how much more the four togetherE F fla /;uidemG follows the word to which it belongs, indeed, to be sure, or merel! emphaticI wtfPr fIrLHs fiIi8 F arhati ila0 ita"a upadra"am, to be sure the rogue de%
I.

ser.es anno!anceP

F dine !!Aghra Agagama

Fit

.IfI.I

'tI0*I*'*5iII

ila, one da! a tiger did comeP

e asmin 4. as is

well nown, the! sa!I **'' *I*0ti fIrLHs '8 babhtr"a !ogi :ila lrta"lr!al, there li"ed, as is well nown, a Bogi 1lrta"ir!a. F "alam%-Wf; 5"aAam,
I.

ad<. mere, absoluteP

4.

a;'. onl!, merel!I

*FHt wf;fir

e"alam s"apiti, he sleeps onl!. ,,Fna e% api, intu, Fr 3> prat!uta /on the contrar!G,

.ii.

not onl!%but

.Wit

.
I.

h5lu,

indeed, often merel! emphasi2ing

the preceding

'

,OONIDN&TION#

AND OTHE8 &A8TI:?E#.

.'.

while, on one-s partP H. it is true, certainl! /concessi"eGI F iIF F !a%hetuh% intu,

FI%f..;

.r.

uti, de"a, tbad a!am mahan bha% #ite, this is certainl! a great cause of fear%butP

6. indeed, as for, as regards /emphaticUI ..-I;.JdfHFFFl"a% !os tbad e am udaram, as for us two, we ha"e onl! one bell! O ...- F
na tA"at, not !et.

..- na, notP with indef. prone 9 DOP ...8E na o s pi narah, no (9 not an!G man. if na%I%if n< sometimes an em% phatic positi"e.
F nann /na[nuG,

.,... T

' If5 ..
are !ouX tellP

,uil fr 'ffit

I.

with ;uestions, wh!, surel!, indeed, pra!I nanu bha"ln agrato me "artate, wh!, !ou

, !ourself are before meP F

4.

*** ''
9 it

nanu

o bha"An, pra! who pra!

with imperati"es, pra!I iTEMBfri Ii( nanFatlm, H. in arguments ma! be ob<ectedP

K. with "ocati"es, oh, ah, wellI F

atru !ate,

IfT.I.r nanu, mAna"a,

followed b!

well, manK

+ 5,iliit

to this we repl!.

-4.

C-C n\m,a, I. b! nameI -CC .f.II nalo nAma, Dala b! nameP indeed, certainl!, to be sureI 0f*F *fI*t Fma!A nAma gitani,

Dlri fir*I8 - ingsX

I ha"e indeed con;ueredP

H. perhapsI F

K. pra!, with interrogati"esI ,.`C,H.. ..F

*** -ifT.I

o nAma rlg=m pri!ah, who, pra!, is a fa"ourite with iI**I pftr"am dri%

shtas t"a!A as id dharmagllo nAma, !ou ha"e, perhaps, seen before a -righteous manP 6. granted, with imperati"esI

.. Jlift -.-... ..... )a. dhani bha"atu nAma, granted he is rich . .%f; ..-...- api nAma, /at the beginning of a sentenceG perhapsP

rn!. nAma, perhaps (9 I hope notUP F -CC surel!I PDfll/ftt.T -fiIcPs **'** nanu nlmuham ta"a, surel! I am dear to thee.

*** '55

nann nAma,

ishi-

ila

55 nu,
'

now, pra!, i n ;uestionsP e+presses doubt or uncertaint!

., F

when repeatedE F CIFI -i< 'lilt ' a!am-bhimo-Du & an -thi# be *bima or DharmaX
/"

;harmo

llD ..

0 INT**AE:TION#.

.KK
tl"at, as long when%then. i"a or

"ad imAm D!Am Anit!a pratiplla!lmi shade, I will <ust ,,%,it for herP as%so longP no sooner%thanP F -C!athlI F mrita%"at,

tlmF ha"ing resorted to this

K. with correl. .I.F

scarcel!%whenP li e a dead man.

"at, li e, used at the end of ad". oompounds,TF

F "-ram%iI n-, better%thanP F a, 'I tu, or FIK punah being generall! added after ..- na I ...I ..- i5'I5I,3'I58 "aram prAna%t!lgo na punar adhamAnAm upagamaA, better death

Aml-Amm

than association with the base.

lIT "i, enclitic, follows its word, I. orP 4. pra!, with interroga% ti"esI .Ift..tfii.l I/ir. pari"artini #,..lsAre mrita., o .a na ga!ate, in the re"ol"ing world, who, pra!, that is- dead is not born again l

am

...... C *I**Iit

indeed, surel!, "eril!P 5iI'63 (il3Eii4(ii8 F"am hi tas!a pri% !a%"a!as!a , thou art indeed his dear friendP K. pra!, with interr.I
4.

5hi,

ne"er at the beginning

HHi5

of a sentenceP

I.

for, becauseP

.A.i ft
I

FcllillPIftiili/

atbam hi dedPE glnl!Am, how, pra!, shall

now the gods l

Inter<ection OO
4.. /6@)G.

>f*I

a!i, with "ocati"e or suppl!ing

its place,

friend, pr!theeI .%f.l lf.IiilillPi 0!II5r. a!i ma ara..Ald!A.nam ga .,a"ah,pr!thee let us go to the garden of lo"e. C F ahaha, e+clamation of <o!, ama2ement, or sorrowI F patitoTsmi, alasE I ha"e

'

ahaha mahlpan e fallen into a deep ;uagmire. F aho e+presses astonishment,

..mnns'f9*

<o!, sorrow, anger, praise, or madhur!am,

blameI F rlt8lII F sweetness of the song I F '.Agb!os si, Ah, HiraC!a s,

aho gitas!a

.AI.NI.sAl aho hiran!a

... C

Oh the a,

!ou are praiseworth! O

... a is used when something is recollectedI e"am ila tat, Ah, so indeed it was E

'firLHs ' !

.KH

:O=&ODND

WO8D# O

O I AA,e+el, of <o!, pain, or indignationI Oh, how cold it is E F

wI F

D altaID,

hea"en I F

bea"en, person /nom.G is to be congratulated upon /instr. of thingG I F

disht!A /instr. of fF0dishti, good luc G, happil!, than disht!l pratihatam durgAtam, than the e"il is a"ertedP with "ridh, to increase 9 a

'Ifir;' '

T-t

It]lttWI
!our =a<est!

'

Ana=rlgo "iga!ena "ardhate, is to be congratulated upon !our "ictor!. F

*f, disht!l

dhi , e+cl. of dissatisfaction or reproach, with ace.I fF

dhi t"lm astu, shame on !ouE Cfit-"ata, I. sorrowI alae, woeP 4. <o! or surpriseI ohE K. a simple "oc. particleI F,g M ebi "ata sa he, hoE friend, come.

WICA

sldhu, wellE bra"oE

Oh, alas I hanta dhiIi mAm adhan!am, alas, fie upon me, a wretchE

.I<Ja- '"astE, haill adieuE 5til =nta, e+el, of <o! or sorrowI

'tLr '

'

-C hA, t0tT = hA, e+presses grief /alasE woe IG or astonishment, and is sometimes used with an .accusati"e.

:HA&TE8
:O=&ODND

(I.
WO8D#.

4.4 /6.@G. The power of forming two or more words into one, which belongs to all Ar!an Ianguages, has been '@ largel! de% "eloped in #ans rit and enters to so considerable an e+tent iFto

its s!nta+, that the general rules of composition claim a place e"en , in an elementar! grammar. All words ma ing up a compound,
e+cept the last, appear in that form which is called their base, and when the! ha"e more than one, tFeir middle base /'HG. Hence

'48

de"a%dba , a ser"ant of god, or of the gods. 4.K /6.FG. :ompounds are most cOD"enientl! di"ided

into

:Oll&ODND

WO*.D#. .

1B$

Detumiaati(', :opulati"e, and A&OOO eui('. The first are called determinati"e compounds, because in them the mst word determines /limitsG the meaning of the last. There are
two inds of Determinati"esI marians called Tatp"u.haG

Depeacl'nt

and D.aoripti"'. /b! nati"e gram% -

4.H /6.KG. I. a. A IeOeaaeat determinati"e

is a compound in which the Ifirst

word depends on the last. -Ihe relation of the former to the latter, if the compound were resol"ed, would be e+pressed b! an obli;ue case, e. g. FI tat%puruahas, the man of him, his man. The last word ma! be a substanti"e or a participle, or an ad<ecti"e if capable of go"erning a noun. Dependent compounds in which the Ifirst noun would be in the%
I.

Ace.I F

"arsha%bhog!e,

m. f. n, to be en<o!ed a !ear

longP aTII.8.I- gri.ma%prApta, m, f. D. ba"ing reached the "illage. The latter ind of compound, howe"er, generall! has the past participle at the beginning /.II..tI&f pdpta%gri.maG, in which case it is a possessi"e compound /lit. ha"ing a reached "illageP cp.4.'G. 4.

In.tr.I

Fdbln!Frtha ,m.wealth/alCtbaCG/ac;uiredG de"a%datt, C gi"en b! the gods, com% sense /Dieu%

b! grain /dhAn!enaGP F donneG.

monl! used as a proper name with an auspicious

K. DaFI F !/.pa%dAru, n. wood for a sacrificial sta e. H. Abl.I t.Hii;fnn s"arga%patita, m, f. n. fallen from hea"en. 6. $en.I -DFI riga%purusba , m. tbe ing-s man. 5. Ir.oF.I F uro%ga, m, f. n. produced on the breast.
Note
I.

! few dependent

compounds retain the case%termina% F dhanam%ga!a, m. gaining a word 'f'rIII& firm7

tions in the go"erned nounI spoilt proper name /ArgunaGP

;/.;:/I/

parasmai%padam, form of "erbsP

for the sa e of another, I, e. the transiti"e

FfirI

Caaas%pati ,

lord of speechP

sfJtfnI !udhi%sht ira ,

in battle, propee name.

.''

:O=&ODND W@.l.D*.
DO

nouns /which, as a rnle, undergo

ti"es. Thus

f2rther. change than that of a blue lotus, becomes a

accent. and of being inflected in the three gendersG used as ad<ec%

Chit

tcf

%lI6',

possessl"e ad<ecti"e in possessed of blue lotuses.

Prft=-C = FI

nilotpalam,

nllotpalam s,raA, a la e The accent is, as a rule, that of the

first member of the compound, &ossessi"es often come to be used as appellati"es or proper namesI eu%hrit, m. f. n. ha"ing

m
F

a good heart, becomes raasc., a friendP

"lra%sena, m. f. n, m.

ha"ing an arm! /senAG of heroes /"irHG, beoomes (irasena, /proper DameG.

Note%&oslessi"es ma! contain other compoundsI ...F rAga%punlsha% Ar!a, ha"ing the business of /a ing-e manGP ..*M*D ='/JAt/I nilutpala%earas%thah, possessing Vthe ban

/---#cs--0

of a Z/blue%lotusG la eQUI in the latter case, the whole compound, before becoming an ad<ecti"e, was a geniti"e dependentP nilotpala% sarah is a dependent, ntlotpala a descripti"e compound. In

PIftcwslrii=Ei#I ntFgg"ala%"apu , ha"ing a blue and resplendent bod!, the first two words form a copulati"e, the whole a descrip% ti"e, which ,a..! becomes a possessi"e compound.

4.). a. Words meaning Chand - are placed at the end of posses% si"e compoundsI MI,; ifiTi mstra%pA8i, ha"ing a weapon in one-s handP F tria%hasta, ha"ing grass in one-s hand. b.

'Zfar

H shi, e!e,

*D gandh*,

smell, FI

d=nu , bow, and

...F plda, foot, at the end of possessi"es become in most cases 4*f
a sba, .TN gandhi, F dh,I,n"an, F pad. c. At the end of possessi"es I% o. MF adi, beginning, ..... Ad!a, first, O

prabhriti,

begin%

ning, 9 et ceteraI F FI ded indraA.da!a , the gods Indra and the rest, lit. the gods ha"ing Indra as first. . The ;ualified noun is often omittedI FI indr=a!a , Indra and the rest. measureTonl!, merel!I il-co.,.-iiC/gala%matram, water alone, lit. tFat which has water for its measure, limit.

fA. ilAmatra,n.

ODT?IlTE# O9 #BNTAL.

.').

!. -Ih8. antars, I. diirerenceT different, anotherI FFiriF de .. saMantaram, another countr!, lit. that which has a di.ference of countr!,

a. d

artha, aim, ob<ect,

or loc. sing.GI ,

Y,,H... F-/

9 for the

sa e 8, /commonl! acc.,dat.,

dama!ant! %artham, for the sa e of Dama%

!antt, lit. that which has Dama!antt for an ob<ect. d. .. a is added to words in ... "i, to feminines in

/li e F

DadE-G, and in the fem. to words in F in 8 '. bahu%bhartri a, ha"ing man! husbandsP ,E,IfIVTaI bahu% umsrt aI .fAEilfli:lhI bahu%s"ami A, ha"ing man! maeters /FF s"AminG. =ost other words optionall! add ..- a,

:HA&TE8 (II.
ODT?INE# O9 #BNTAL. 44@. Owing to the great bul of the literature consisting of poetr!, #ans rit st!le is Faturall! in a crude state as compared with that of ?atin or $ree . Its chief characteristics are the pre% dominance of co%ordination, the use 8, the locati"e absolute, a fondness for long compounds endindeclinable participles suppl!% ing the place of subordinate clauses, the fre;uent emplo!ment of the past participle instead of the finite "%erb, a predilection for passi"e forms, and the absence of the indirect construction and of the sub<Dncti"e mood. 9or the latter reason the use of the tenses and moods is compFati"el! simpleP on the other hand, the use of the cases, being much less definite than in ?atin and $ree , presents some difficulties.

The Order of -Words.

44.. The usual arrangement of words in a #ans rit sentence isI first, the sub<ect with its ad<uncts /the geniti"e preceding its nomi% nati"eGP second, the ob<ect with its ad<unctsP and lastl!, the pre%

.H@

ODT?INE#

O& #BNTAL.

dieate. Ad"erbs or e+tensions of- the predicate are usuall! placed near the beginning, after the sub<ect or ob<ect, not at the endP e. g. FI

mF

i#Tt .&T&r

gana a., sat"aram s(l!am na%

garam gagA.ma, $ana a went in haste to his cit!, 444. Aust as the determining word comes first in compounds, so F relati"e and subordinate clause precedes the principal, which regularl! begins F F with a correlati"e wordP e. g. F CC
ift;-

B,'!adhanam tas!a balam, lit. of whom there is wealth, of #imilarl!I !HdA%F Dda, F!l"at%F tl"at, etc.

him there is power, i, e. he who has wealth has power.

%rhe Article.
44K. There is properl! .article in #ans ritP neither an indefinite sH, WI sl, nor a definite Hs it, lome one, /@, but lE.Ii e a, one, and .C,

are fre;uentl! used T a certain, andC he, she, it or that, sometimes ingP generall!, that ing O

T theP

*l Dd

;, '"o),

e. g. C F.8 sH rB?!, the

+ *IIlber. 44H. a. #ingular collecti"e words are sometimes used at the end of compounds to form a pluralP e.g. e)* .. ,,8 sa hl%ganaA, female friendsP ..-. ganaT ind in man ind /menG. b. The dual number is in regular use. plo!ed with the names 8, things occurring in pairs, such as parts of the bod!P e. g. =atan pldau a, the bands and the feet. A msso. dual is sometimes used to e+press a male and a femalF of the same classP e. g. i#Iit8 f2t* u-gatah parents of the uni"erse /f.l. pitr/, fatherG. pitHrau, the

t%F

It is in"ariabl! em%

c. The plural sometimes mar s respectP e.g. F 5''i.(i.. iti srtsa.l ara<Dr!A , thus sa!s the re"ered #an ari lr!a. The .#t pers. pI. is sometimes used simpl! instead of tbe sing.I

r5tI

ODT?-lNE#

O& #BNTAL.

.H.
imapi pri$$&A-

'

'

f*IIIf3

-f*TI-I "a!am
BOll

mal, we /T.G too as are pluralI =agadha. F

spi bha"at!au something. F

N ames of countries /which are reall! the names of the peopleG "ideheshu, in (idehaP Iplagltdheshu, in deri.,

flr.l-./ "isha!a,

:ompounds ending in words meaning countr!, such as F etc., are of course singular.

:oncord.. 446. The rules of concord between "erbs, ad<ecti"es, relati"es

and their substanti"e are the same as in other inflectional guagesP but the following points ma! be noted I%
'.

lan%

The "erb is in the sing. after sing. collecti"e nouns, and in F

the dual after two sing. noDD# connected b! F a, andI F .0FiIl5 I'8 t"am aham a ga ="a , !ou and I go.

b. When a dual or plur. "erb refers to two or more sub<ects, the first person is preferred to the second or third, and the second to the third. c. ! dual
@.-

plur. ad<ecti"e agreeing with masc. and fern. nouns

is put in the mase., but0 in the neuter .when agreeing with a mase. and a neut., or a feme and a neut. d. A "erb or ad<ecti"e often agrees with the nearest nODD.

&rono.Dl*.
445. A. &ersonal &ronouns. These, unless emphatic, are not used as sub<ects of "erbs, being inherent in finite "erbal forms. The unaccented forms of .F aham and #i#6 t"Hm /ep, .4.G, "i2. lIT mA, it meP Hen t"a, it teP .ft-V "Am, ..I "ah, are used neither at the beginning of a sentence or pAda /cp. Appendi+ IIG, nor before the particles F a, ..."A.,F e"H, and t ha, nor after "oca% ti"esP e. g. I&I fir8r0( mama /not meG mitram, m! friendP *I*M3 IfIf *** ' tu!a mama "A.gnnam, his house or mineP F"ntV

iJ

*I*'f_

de"usmln

/not ,,I nahG plhi, 1 $od, protect us.

1#"

ODT?INE#

O& #BNTAL.

F b="at, Bour Honour, the polite form of F t"am, ta es the "erb in the ard pers.I0 itn Aha bha"an, what does !oDr Honour sa!X 'II#!ii'? Aga hantu bba"aritah, ma! !ou come.

..&nt F

-f-.iwI

*. Demonstrati"e =d, thatP F.

sau, this

&ronounsI F Yr that. F

Idsm or F

etid, thisP F

F idam and F0eDdt ard pers., oftenIPI hereI 2*5iniI*I' '8

agreeing With a sub<ect in the .st or a!am asmi, here I amP -W.&n-%

a!am ,gatas ta"a putrF,

'3 tHd /li e ?at. illeG often well% nown, celebratedI M-iI-7tC/t sa ram!l nagart, that well% nown charming cit!.
F tad with F e"a the "er!, the sameI F nama, the name is the same, iIF =d, when repeated, means "arious, se"eralI F Dni tani sAstrlnFdh!aita,

here comes !our

#OD.

... F

i*'#I' tad e"a

iITfit *I'Tftt '&

he read se"eral dstras.

T(B
447. The nominati"e

!ASBS .

O omiDati-(-e.
is far less fre;uentl! used in #ans rit t?s the sub<ect of a sentence than in English. Its place is "er!eom% monl! supplied b! the instrumental ill the agent with a paasi"e "erbP e. g.

ir.tll&V temDl

tam,

he said, lit. it >as said b! him.

The nom. is used after "erbs meaning to be, to become, appear, seemP also after the passi"e of "erbs of ma ing, calling, consider% ing, sending, appointing, etc.P -e. g. 0tena muninA. . u uro .y!?hra: a tiger b! the sage.

ifP/

I0f.r.n '

......I-MI

rita , the dog was t-dme:i into

Note%The nom. with the paitiele0F

e. g. F .... 6fir person m! friend.

iti ma! be 2se; inateaa.

man!e, I consider this

of the ace. after tlie acti'e of "erbs of calling, eonsldering"ete.P

'

imam

"a!asG,C iti

YBTPID%%

Y# SG%T!@.

1#B
the ob<ect of most sa grAmam a?a:&

Aoouati"e.
44'. The accusati"e, besides e+pressing transiti"e "erbs, is emplo!ed%
I. With "erbs 8, motionP hat, he went to a "illage.

e. g. ..

A'#' ' 5' '

Note%(erbs of going, li e Al-Vgam and ./. !A, are "er! com% monl! <oined with an abstract noun, where >e should 2se either the corresponding ad<eF"e with -to become,- or merel! an intransiti"e = *IfHii *ITfI At%..iI pail at"am ga "erbI
4.

sa

trtim !lti, he becomes famousP

...

i*i

hati, he dies, lit. goes to death. F

To e+press duration oftime and distance in spaceI

mbam adhtte, he learns for a monthP -hati, he goes /the distance ofG a os.

**5iIf4

II5F#IEftil'

:ros<m ga %

Double Aocua.ti"e.
,44).
I.

(erbs of calling, ma ing,

appointing,

choosing,

con%

sidering, nowing, ta e .two accusati"esI .I.in-fll i*ri 0lKffi #H# .. F glnAmi t"Am pra riti%purusham, I now thee /to beG the chief person.
4.

(erbs ofa' ing/F

praDG, begging /F!l GA

telling /C brO,

.*fI6 !a G, and instructing /F

*Iftt '
the earth. Note%In

'

;e) go"ern t>o accusati"esP e. g. balim !Dste "asudh,m, he as s *ali for

the nom. tabs the place of

the passi"e construction

the direct acc., while the indire:t ace, remainsI i*fMa.5,9> balir !A !ate "asudhAm, *ali is as ed -for the earth.

'

K. :ausati"e "erbs usuall! go"ern two accusa.ti"es P but sometimes 0the instrumental is -emplo!ed instead of the direct accusati"e /the agentGI

llIi F

rimam "edam adh!ipa!ati, but F

he causes bbl%

-8ama to learn the(edaP

ant ifT.I.Ifl bhrit!ena

&ram n,!a!ati, he causes the ser"ant to caItr! the load (9 he causes the load to be carried b! the ser"antG.

ODT?INE#

O& #BNTF

, 5. Ifime or space >ithiI whi:h an!thing is doneI F% FFFiHi//d F d"Aduair "alshair .y!.:arana5, n5.!ate, ?ram..
mar is learnt in twel"e !ears. -C

II., The Fn'trumenta. is a.'@ used%

or e;ua.lit,-I %n; .ft fctilC 4IlT J gi"itena sarnA patnt, his wife is as dear to him as life.

A. With ad<ecti"es

e+pressing%

%a. ?i eness

...ft tu!a

' n.t '

b. l&ossession, or the opposite, freedom from, destitution I

5IT dhanena sampanno "ihino "A.,possessed or destitute of wealth. *. With "erbs of& .a. E+celling or comparingI mahA%bb,ga ta!u,tiseshe, tors in that /de"otionG, .

*.'

3OT#T

uifa,;

pdr"An

@ fortunate mao, !ou e+cel !our ances%

b. *oasting or swearingI 'f(I5i5'''i' Fbh'rateDFtma% nH -D-ham sape, I swear b! *harata and m!self. c. F<oiciDg, being pleased, satisfied, astonished, asbamed, dis% gustedI .IiT-#FI Ff.l pfw A.%purusha s"%FpenaFpi tush% . !ati, a low person is satisfied e"en with little. d. =otion, to e+press the means, or the pa.rt of the bod!, by which the motion is effectedI F

-lfl-ViiI "AginA,

arati, he goes

on horsebac P 4 sa C,nam s andhen-Dl",ba. he carried the dog OD his shoulder, lIT. #ome miscellaneous uses of the instr, are the followingI ........
I. With words e+pressing a defect of bod! I F Ana , blind of an e!e. 4. With words e+pressing nF or -Dse, li e

CIT.t F

*IIi**Il8 a shnA,

5lit8 arthaC,

....G.
Bour im

pra!oganam,

F
=a<est!-

Aeil .. N(
)

'Ktn5

tF do, with F

im, whatI FEi;lFICf

de"a%p*dAnAm se"a air

Ii...pra!oganam,
iI-.ITF FT

feet ha"e no need of ser"antsP

P

f.ii

ta!A ri!ate dhen"A, what is to be done with that cow l

.O. l.TtINE# @. #BNTAL.

1#1
to 8AmaE

K.

With words of salutationI to $anemP

5('fIn*I '

****8 gafte',!a namu,

rlmA!a a"asti, hail

salutation

also with F -lam 9 to be a match for, sufficient for F F ]fH=I/ dait!ebh!o harir alam, Harl is a match for the demons. Note%CA.I&V Ore&sam,' to bow, ta es either date or ace,
I. The end for which an action ia doneI F lf.lflr mu ta!e harim bhagati, he worships- Hari for /Tto obtainG abso% lution T or%%

*. The dati"e of purpose is used to e+press either%

ttt

WF

4.

The end to which. an action tenu, with 'f*t lip or Csam%pad, to tend to, or with *.IIF st=, F as, F bhu /the

latter two being often omittedG. E+. W/f.alifliH nowledgeP

bha tir unAnA!a alpate, piet! tends to FFIWT.I mrit-t..agAtau sutaF s"alpa ..

.Wlilll- F

-duh =!a /so, '6(f'8 stall orFI bha"atahG, a son that is dead and one that is un bom cause "er! little pain. Note%A
'.

date is often used instead of an infiniti"e of purpose.

0nstead of an infin. go"erning an aoc.I

&'!iE& .nftr phale%

T *IT .I..ir

bh!o !Ati, he goes for fruit, % ii=IP;I/I.ntir phalan! Abartum IAti, be goes to get fruit. , b. The dat.0 Fb.ift-b#lract noun for the infin. from the same -rootI F

*I*'fir !AgA!a!Ati, he

goes for sacrificing,

!ashtum !lti, he goes to sacrifice.

Ablati"e ..
4K4. The ablati"e primaril! e+presses the

source f8omwhich

,an!thing proceedsP e.g. ;l;.tli` F plpAn nasa ud%bha"ati, from sin ruin results. J With this original meaning are connected the following uses I%
'.

YIl accOllDtof, by reason of, th.roughI F

m'msam bha sha!ati,
P 2

Irilt

lfII.ri-lIlaubh!ad greediness.

he eats the flesh througUl

1#8
nouns in iIf t"a, especiall! in commentariesI .F,CsF If-% Fpar"atosgnimAIil dhfunat"At, the mountain has fire in it, be% cause of there being smo e. N ote% The ablati"e is commonl! used in this sense with abstract

b. With "erba of feariag and pnteotiDgI F

stenAd bibheti, he Fears the thief T C.ft iii .ftF p,hi m,tranara% At, protect me from hell. c. With words meaning clift&erentfrom /...... an!a, .ft F VtaraGI is diArerent from $o"inda. d. With oomparati"es

-.>.TF F

9a,

rishnAd ,o!o go"indal,. 1rish8' or words ha"ing a comparati"e senseE

-t&fr f.rI.r-tI

learned than $o"indaP ri !ate,

*I'*ltrft lIlCICfdfY .. it

go"indad Fmo "id"attarah,

8Ama is more

arm,llo gfi,nam ati%

e. With words denoting points of the compassI .I&I.Cl-C -0IIc..E -gFmAt pnr"o giri , the mountain is to the east of the "illage. f.

nowledge is superior to action.

....,,F.

Time >ithin

or-

after

which an!thing is dFneI F F

-'aptF.hlt, within se"en da!sP F seen after a long time.

bahor drishtam WAt,

$eniti"e.
4KK. The primar! meaning of the gen. is ;uasi%Fd<ecti"alP ;ualification. of another e+pressed in English b! the prep. -ofInirmAtA, the :reator of the Dni"erse. the noun which it denotes being generall!

ilA-fiI-l-F

gagatMo

*esides this use, the -gen. is emplo!ed in "arious other wa!s I% to rule /MlltsG, to pant, da!G, to remember /JIf smCGI -IIAC=-ir. FrftI Atmana prabhe"ish!smi, I shall be master of m!self. b. It e+presses 0po.'easioD. with "erbs mearung -to beC/-WlV

I. With "erba I% a. To be master ot/Fpra%b=G,

gi"e /F,

as, Fb=, fF ha"e a boo .

"idGI ...

C#ri f88rait mama pnsta

am-"id!ate, I

F(T?.D'

O& #BNTAF.

.H)

II. With ac.<eoti ... *& a. De8 to, fa"ourite >ith8 .I...&. o Fa ".gfi%m pri!ah, who, pra! I is dear to ingsX b. *;ua.lit! F.tul!a, .I-C&- sadr5a, 'IIlamFG.I tTlr. .fIl8II

u.r fi8I

FI rAmal rishnas!a,tul!al, 8ama iF e;ual to 1rishna .. . Note I. The iIri`'. is also used with words denoting e;ualit!. Note
4.

With words e+pressing-

di.9erence,- two geniti"es are

used in the sense of- between%andIFlitEiI#C-CI F ... fF.fI etA"An e"u,BDshmatal Mta rato. :a "Desbah, this is the .onl! difference between !ou /the long%li"edG and Indra, III. With Ip=.i"e partioiple.I% a. &ast participles, with a pres. eense, of roots meaning -to thin ,C to now,C to worship,- ta e the agent in the gen.I W tAlI-f r!?,m pV.gital, he is re"erenced b! ings. b. 9uture participles ta e the agent in the gen. as well )) the
''

tfsnr.

instr.I ..../.I.nG tftI mama (maya) se"!o haril, Hari should be worshipped b! me. I(. With ac.."erb.l% a. =eaning fa*e (' d.WmG or near /F anti amGI (t ' dth%am grAmas!a, far from the "illage. . Note%The

..n

ablati"e

is also used with these words.

h. Ad"erbs in ..-I tal, e+pressi"e of direction, and othen of similar meaning /see 4@)GI F F grAmaa!a cia shiaatal, to the south of the "illage. Note%Ad"erbs of direction in F %ena ta e the ace. as well '# the gen.I II.C8II /filiiG FC grAmaa!a /grAmamG de shlsena, c. The gen. of tim. is used with multiplicati"es /see .4@GI .lTtltiHli, ...I mlsaa!ushta rit"al, eight times a month.

r.ocati"e.

placeI .. r..;arC,-t F fir4fZ pa

anti, birds li"e in that tree. -

4KH. The locati"e denotes the OlaLe >hen an action ta es shift,' tumiD "rt she Di"as%

1$A
a, ThF recipientI
"id!lm,

ODT?INE#

O9

#nrrAIlF

I. It e+presses the following collateral meaningsI%

'finIt.iir *0'8 'F**' '

F F

a teacher imparts

"itarati guruh prlgne nowledge to an intelligent pupil.

b. FTowardsI-

5l*fir
sha!e

4lEF8 prAnisbu da!Am- :2r&

"anti sAdha"aA, tbe good show compassion towards animate beings, . c. The effect of a causeI F !am e"a hi nrinlm "riddhau

..I *OIri Hir

.>.t

:lTDg-V dai%

Araaam, 9ate Is the cause

d. *! reason of, with. regard toI tf*r kki$ dreshu satrum hanti, he sla!s the enem! by reason of his .wea pointsP I&f fa& e. Amongst, of, with superlati"esI *Ii#f8 sar"eshu putreshu ramo mama pri!atamah, of all the sons

of the decline or prosperit! of men.

f.lbC

..-C F um
', '

*Arna is dearest to me. NoteMIThe f. F

geniti"e

is also used in this sense.

After,

of time /li e abl.GI

.rF

(')

asmin dine bhu t"F!am ll. The loc, is also used with% a, Words meaning

tr!ahe./tr!a=dG

bho t,, ha"ing

dined to%da! he will dine again after /the inter"al ofG three da!s.

tatparaG,

or

engaged in, intent on s ilfal /CF risala, FtIA

/-IIIWWi asa ta, nipuna,

panditaGI -OIi.sF FtIAIr-mob sba%d!O.te s ilful in pla!ing at dice. b. Words meaning anu%raflg, F abhi%lashQ,

*ifn
F,

nipunah, *Ama is

attach..ant0to /Fanu%smh, conI'.dencein /fF

if

nes. for /F
#a untalAP

sa untalA!Am-mamubhHAsha ,

if5

!ugGI

;-8-m.ri FFI

"i%s"asG, fit&

na halu

A-D.WI
Fi*I

na me t"a!i "is"Asa , I ha"e no faith m! lo"e is indeed D>t towards

in !ouP

FFf;

trailo !as!upi

pra%

bhut"am tasmin !ug!ate, e"en the so"ereignt! of the three worlds is fitting for him.

ODT?INE# -.O9- #BNTALP

1$1

c. WFth "erbs of t8bro>iI? (' as, fir( ship, F mu GI &aB 0T=Ii6 f>r3f> arau bbln FbFpatiA he darts arrows at his enem!. d. With "erbs of ta0;I? /-If ri, F alG, sei%iI? (' grabG, or atri:iI?8 ' ' "rtAA. cpn /F8rG salgl"a am s,(!e panau C F Note%, rit"l /gnnlt"AG, ta ing #allg."a a b! the left haud P F eseshu grihit"A, sei2ing b! the hair. $ri, FT dH, and F grah ma! ta e the instr. also,

Ir.ocatiFF and $eAliti"e Absolute.

4K6. The loco and gen ..absolute are used in much the same wa! as the English nom., the $ree gen., and the ?atin able absolute. The loco is the usual absolute ease, the gen. being comparati"el! seldom used in this sense.

E+.0F
' ') '8

ga hatsu dineshu, as the da!s went bPF F goshu dugdhasu .. F sa gFa , the cows ha"ing been ad!a dasamo since m!

mil ed, be departedP

C.,/dIHFG;/CF

masas tAtas!upa%ratas!a, father died. Note

I.

to%da! is the tenth -month

The pres. part. of F

as, to be, rna,. be used in agree%

. ment with other absolute participlesI% -iI-.I. Fati, this being done. Note t-thA,IF participleI gone thusG.
4.

,>. m tathA
F

rite

!n indeclinable C

word /Fe"am,

itth'm, 'F*IT

hiG is sometimes used in agreement with the absolute

mt e"am

gate, this being the case /lit. it ha"ing

Note K. The particle C e",C and arr%. mA.tra /at the end of a compoundG ma! be used after an absolute part. to e+press- no sooner%than,-scarcel!%whenI.A&t0nnF F ta!Am e"a ragan!im, scarcel! had it dawned when %P aprabhA.%

0(fer'

,n '
his

pra"ishta ..mAtra e.a tatrabha"ati,

no sooner had

.honour entered than

0K

Q64 -

ODT?DfE#

O9 #BNTALF

'e

... H Ilataaoe.

4K5. a. The ace. is used to e+press H.a-,tioD, of time and distance in space /44', 4G. b. The iI..t`. e+presses the time or space >ithin which an!% thing is done /4K@, I, 5G. c. The able e+presses time withiD. or after which an!thiIig is done /4K4, f). d. The len. e+presses the time in which an action is npeatedI F d"ir ahnal, twice a da! /4KK, I(. cG O. 5. The .@@. e+presses the time /IG at whichI .iEIIi6 ' asmin dine, on this da!0P /aG afIHa which, li e able /4KH, I. f).

&articipl ...
4K7. The present participle is used with F actionI JIIr.sthA, to stand, to e+press continuous

As,0to sit, and FfHHi-ii- bha%

ara!sn

sha!ann late, he eeps eating P Vf.l fH ..../Hi-/ sthita , he stood thus thin ing.

.JIInrI iti "i

&ast

&articiple OO

4K'. The passi"e participle and its aeti"e form in CC "at /but not the perf. O<rt. in F "asG F "er! fre;uentl! used for a finite past tenseP e. g. FF-ii-/ ten"dam u tam, this was said by himP '). :-EttliEi if( sa idam u ta"An, he said this .. In the same wa! the passi"e of intransiti"e "erbs is used imper .. ..sonall!I F.Irfor a long time.

FtI F

ma!utra

:iram sthitam, I stood there "erbs is used in the acti"e W

The perf. pass. part. of intransiti"e

m IRir. sa pathi
4K). These or At%

senseI ') *(IlG '

sa gabgAm gata , he went to the $angesP mrita . be died on the wa!.

&aslli"e &articiples. in .&r ta"!a, .ilill ant!a, .. !a /also called "erbal ad<ecti"esG e+press neoe'.it,-. obligatiOlt,
participles

l-utare

ODT?llO#

O& #TNTALF

4.....
F

.6K

The construction is the same as in the case of the put pals. part.I ...ft ..... F ma!a tatra ganta"!am, I must go there. ,a. #ometimes this part. e+presses certaint! of the futureI

FI ....I tatas tenlt,api .. bdaA arta"!u, then he alao will surel! ma e a noise .
. b. #ometimes it is used for the future simpl!I FI
;ii< liAii I8Tf; F `C-IIfAV !u"a!ol pa sha%balena ma!Fpi su hena ganta"!am, I too sball go at ease b! the strength of !our wings. -c. F bha"iD"!am and F bhA"!am from F bhft, to agrees with the %Bb<ect ta!l samnihita!A bha% . be, are used impenonall! to e+press necessit! or high probabilit!.

n%

The ad<ecti"e or noun of the pnclioa.Pe in the iutr.I AT arCf/if-Ht FI careful. asamm5dhair

F-IIfAV

"ita"!am, she must be (9 is most probabl!G nearP F bha"ita"!am !uahmlbhiA, !ou should be

IndecliDable &articiFl. /$erundG.

4H@. This participle, formed with F t"A, ..!a, or ...t!a -/see /.'7%'G, e+presses that an action is completed before another beginsI W .f.I-I tam pm%nam!a
))

.i .&EA8I

gatal, ha"ing bowed down to b! -in- or -b!with the

him, he departed. a. It ma! fre;uentl! be translated

"erbal nounI iii fH8rfHt tiIIT iii F mAm nirdhanam hat", im labhedh"am, what would !ou gain b! illing me who am destitute of wealthX . h. #ome indeclinable participles are e;ui"alent prepositionsI in meaning to Ad\!a, withP

wNcpr adhi

rlt!a,

aboutP

udcHs!a, towardsP tttP.n nit"l, withP IAdlDiti" OO

IA.IT mu

t"l, e+cept.

4H.. The infiniti"e is chiefl! emplo!ed to e+press a &D&OC /li e the dat.G, but is also used '' the ob<ect of a few "erba, It

YB'rttDES 0O9- #BNTAL,

Fnf*-

F*.-#*#.lIre.ent.

.I

4HH. The use of this tense is much the same a,s in English,*ut the following differences should be notedI%
I. a. In narration the historical present is more commonl! used than in EnglishI lpIl F Fftr himn!a o bhoganam rit"A bile s"apiti, Hiran!a at ha"ing ta en his food,

flFci

used to sleep- in his holeP F ,.I.fir F damana o pri ati atham etat, Damana a as ed, - How was itX-

pastI .HH...-. 'iiIfitI a!am

Note%The
4.

h. The present is sometimes used to e+press the immediate .)a Dmi, I ha"e <ust come. particle .8 sma changes the present to a past ten#eI sma, he dwelt.

! fii ::Wfn -/II prati"asati a. With interrogati"es

The present is used for the and Fth

future I%
F!\"atF !ba $$a-

at once, used ad"erbiall!I

'9t0 purl, soon, or iI*I*5&"i ' tad

trughnaes presba!Ami, tberefore I will <ust send #atrughnaP

f.

. *F)t*8r

im aromi, what shall I doX

b. Immediate future I ..ft IA.IT Fftr tarbi mu t"A dha% nur ga hlmi, then lea"ing the bow, I am off. c. With an e+hortati"e sMe.nseI

-.ft F

.IfcrF

tarhi griham

,e"a pra"uAma P theF we will enter /Tlet

us enterG the house.

Imperfect, &erfect,

ana

Aorist.

4H6. These three tenses are generall! found used promiscuousl! of past time, but their e+act senses are as followI%
a. The imperfect denotes a definite past, and does not refer to an action- done during the current da! e+cept in ;uestionsI

F iii ( ,*'*f06 aga at im sa gramam, has he gone to the "illage X The imperfect does not e+press continuous action.

1$%
b. The Oe`f'eot is generall! used in narrating e"ents of the . remote pastP it ne"er refers to e"ents of the current da!. c. The aorin refers to past time generall!, without reference to an! particular time, and to actions of the current da!. It is Dot a narrati"e tense, but is appropriate in dialogues. It is thus e;ui"alent to the English perfect presentl. gi"ingP Fadad,t, Note%This he ga"e. tense ae;uiees an impeFti"e do not fear /cp. .K)G. sense after the prohi%

It

also e+preaaes con% adat, he was

tinuous a:tion /li e the imperfect in ?atinGI F

biti"e particles lIT mA.and II.tII m!sma, when it loses the augmentI

.fT F

mA bhaishtl,

#imple Dld &eriphrutio IruF OO 4H5. The .imple future is used of Dl! futmIe actionP while the periphrutio, which is much less fre;uentl! emplo!ed, refers to. ;e8flIi*He orCF future time, but not to actions to ta e
place in the course of the current da!.

Imperati"e.
4H7. #pecial uses of the imperati"e are the following I%
a. With interrogati"es it has the force of -shouldIwhat should we do nowX .8.I.II im adhunA. ara"lma,

*iI3in

h. The .#t and ard pers. are translated b! -letIaham ga Ani, let me go. senseI .IfP;I OO MEI eft- F rain pour down in *easonE instead of the and pers. act.I pargan!=

3 '

c. The and and ard pers. are sometimes used in an optati"e ,.a%"arsht bha"atu, ma!

d. The Krd sing. pass. is commonl! used as a polite imperati"e

.'(eIIri IF

As!atAmF please sit down. .

Optati"e /&otentialG.
4H'. The #ans rit optati"e is used in much the same senses as the $reF
*

optati"e.

It

is commonl! used to soften a statement, #econd *oo of #ans rit, &reface.

#ee &rof. *handar ar-s

O..T?IN*# O& #BNTAL.

1$&

;uestion, or commandI %- .fI.I F o nama sambbba!et, who woold thin X 'D3 ,,.ltI t"am e"am m!Ala, do thou act in

,this manner.
-iI-8 F

It often thus e+presses mere f2t2rity8 tishtlet,

:

' F

.&8

i!am an!l nFtra

this girl >ill not sta! here.

one should sa"e wealth

a., It "er! fre;uentl! e+presses

fitness F in preceptsI

,MEt*t '

Apad%artbam dhanam rabhet,

against calamit!.

b. It is used in conditional sentences with ..F !Hdi and F

in both

et,

and apodosisI F C /iu .. /;rnAfAFihF F .....!adi na s!An nara%patir"ipla"etaAha naur i"a pragA, it there were not a ing, tbe sub<ects would drift awa! li e a boat.

protaaia

*eneclicti"e

/Aorist

Optati"eG.

4H). This rare mood is used to e+press blessings or, in tbe mst person, the spea er-s wish I iI't!eEiI ' ."ira%prasa"A bhYy5, ma!st thou gi"e birth to a warriorE !lsam, ma! I become successfulE

.fIT-lT F

ritArthA. bhu%

:onditional.
46@. The conditional, '' its form /an indicati"e past of the futureG well indicates, is properl! used to e+press a past condition, the falsit! of which is implied, and is e;ui"alent to the pluperfect /conditionalG sub<uncti"e and apodosisI in ?atin or Englisb, or the aorist indica% It is emplo!ed in both protasis F nlD-bba"ish!at, su"rishtis et abba% it there had been plentifu. The potential is emplo!ed ti"e, used conditionall!, in $ree .

"ish!ad durbhi sbam

rain, there would ha"e been no famine. to e+press the imperfect conditional.

.5

A&&ENDIL
?I#T O9 (E8*#.

I.

The order of the parts of the "erb, when all are gi"en, isI &res.,

Impf.,Imp".,Opt.P

&erf.,Aor.,9ut.P

&ass. pres., aor., part.P $er.,

Anf., :aus., aor., Desid., Intens. The 8oman numerals signif! the con<ugational class of the "erbI

&. indicates that the "erb is con<ugated in the &arasmai, A. that it is con<ugated in the A tmanepada,
F ail , to go, to bend, to worship, I, &. F
II '

be is ,F
I ..

mo"ed I ,r(, worshipped I ..

bent I ..r.tllfir II IF ,F or ,..M, oF I F,

II

('#, to anoint, (II, &.

I' I

'IITiiit
F '

.>> I

-tI-iIfW

..

*,i I ..

il*lftr n

ad, to eat, II, &. I

'fHy,...&r.,
D.

m,.t8rP F CC.P F I '

IF,

l#*t

(.>

foodG I i&-,fT, S-i&-Dl. F

' I'

I Ffa

Fan,
@.- F

to breathe, II, & O .nmt

l.iFfif, I -IITif.Ifir II I F

, fsttirefd 'IIIift8 or 'IIIiI8, '

I ' or F I I

.m I m% I
II

FI,FP

.....m t '
F .F, F

'IIIiI*'

.f5..rn
I

as, to attain, (, A O 'IIT= I ,g! ..

.......> I ,,5,,**, '8,

II F, ...

-HIIT(.I,

Cr,-H
fri

..,n,
-IITfirf,

.. F as, to eat, IL, & O

....,.nr , F
I.r' .. I

.%.nfPr,
I'

;TiI, ,' I

555II
F,

.5'4tI' II
oF

'4f3i( I '

'II*lT

I'

.r,r, ..r, II

?I#T O9 (Elt*#.

.6)
A. The pres. A.

0Fa,#,

to be, II, &.

The perf.

Is bFth &. and -IIIF,

,.fZ, .mH '8,-VKIAI, lif8H

F, F, -...F, FP a.V, FP
.I-W-IIIt

is used to form the A. terminations

of the periph, fut.

lI-I, l-II-,wftu
-//f-,

...%ft8, -II-8itI, -IInft,P

-IIIF,F,

FF,

FP -V;l.I,F, -IInI.I, -II-nIIIP wrfn,

F as, to throw,
,

C%EI
WW,FI

4i I ',
II WW,

C-F.

I .',

m, 3H
',

',8,'H

-lllfa.r, .AEIAIP -IIIflA-.

'II*'ft!'5..,..m., -IIT.I.irP
I(, &.MF , to be t '

I A.

-Irir, F,

-IIIF,
I '

wrftrF,
, I '

Wit n
.... I '

-Irir P

II -IIi.f, -IIIfJr.r, etc., liFe F

'lift .. fl
=t #.

wrfw I

n CCt ap, to obtain,

-IIllI... F
.F,
II

-IIIlitfir
, FP

I FrfPIr,

'IIf ' I F

@-a-A.ll , F

I wr.l.riir I ' 'II'!)' t *0IFa''*

I' , -IIIflnr

-III.IT- F
II

Fil, , -IIIW

I
I

'II'I'ft.n I wrftraiftFn.

-...V As, to sit, II, !.MI

-III-.Ii.I n. 5''

, wrFl.I

irreg. pres. part. A. I I F, F, FP II

, F i, to go, II, &. F, FP F.Ii/

tiflr I ..ITr.t, Ff/, 3H -I-.fT-:I-P tiF , F

tri-.I,

mH '8H
,

n ',',
oF

F.I..fP Ff.l.lP

FI

l FP

trrrT. F

ri
K- pl. F

adhi,<, to read, II, A. I WDIJ

Flit
.,5iI'H

risIf,

.umP

IF

I ~i

F.;,F,

K. du.

dF

, F

FP

FIIF,F,
K.du.FP
I F

.Jfl.IF
K.pl.FIFP

, ri*thr n

I.&Tlri"P
' idh or F

rim.
F

.r,,%
I

riw I -\DIN.riir C

indh, to in dIe ,(II , A. '.I3I F,F,

Fu
F

ForFI.imIF-FIFIFn ish, to wish, (I, &.

Fftr

OF

II F.I,

F.tm, FP

.Mf*!&H

gI IF-

lEFIF

I F

''I '.''

,.5@
F ' t sh, to see, I, A. I'F'f I '

.I A&&ENDIL I.0

Faiif

m
I

I '

Marm n
II M ....
It ',

iF

IF

. F ush, to burn, I, & OO

C- O.F
I ','

CtC:i.f-IA,
-....IP

mH
FA

W-.I.I, etc.
etc. IFP

I ''

C ri, to go, I, & . Cri,togo,III,&.FP

..,.rw I'5

, '

'lilt'6 I .. f('CIrft I

.If.I- I F,

C-t,F,

ol;i; , Fftr FFD n F

FWI

L1/

FIForFP

a0duO
% . .
I

FP

a.pl.FIIFAF,F;P0FP
~ ri#, to go, to gain, etc., I, A .

Fn

....&fi' I Filrr
n
F F

. Fedh,togrow,I,A.mlm-FlmD

mnr
F
,

I ''

I ',

o4

I '

F am,

to lo"e, I,A.liTm II llilit;<.iCor or .I.-rF

I .. c..

.na;

.Ifirai. .'8H
.F

.Iihr I

ft.s, to shine, I, A. F .. F I FIn ri, to do, (III, &. A..Iiirf., .I-i.f.I, .IiDflrP

II

.'8, ,,',

**lftr

I0 .. F,

..uI,FP

C,I, ,,FI,
FP .. arir/.7

..8.I.f.rr, F, .ID.P .It..I8P F FflP F,crP FI,F,F,FP ... H.-.,/P ......C., F, FI , FP

II .II-.A.t./iG, F,

F,

2,~/ .~/
I

++

li;, CF.Pf, FP
'
I

TtW, ....
I .

..m n A.F,
C-F
It ....

C;FI,FPFP
./EliiiFP

.... P FFFP
*IIft8aIiI*
.''

F.F,-------.ITI,.%,wP -fIrIIftllftr
,

...mI
II

'if .

,m, Wif*lfl

Ff/P
..ii.VG

*Iirorlit ,

5'''ltl

,',

,C-

rit, to cut, (I, &.

lIiil8fw
C

I ,...m , .,.. , F

PWfw

II ',', I ..

55,Hi(' %r.r.t%mr
-I..fir

..IfWlIIfw or u
or.f.riil.

rish, to drag along, to Furrow, I or (I, &.

?I#T O& (E8*#.

.5.
FI ,>mllOl

F,F,-III-IriP B' S.f.ll.

FIFI F I

...m I .Ifhiw , *IfnI

F FI.FIF

.,. k"t, to scatter, (I, &.

'*ri*r I .. FF II 'fin5, 'I -HIII.IttP FIP

FFI
or

I *If(&

I @.lfti< II

rttG to praiseP L, &. F

C ltp,

to be able, I, A.

.IiWI
OO

n .Hft.iitC-C
II F,
'

.rF
I

II

iII<Cl*
n ',
I F

I
I

ram, to stride, I, &. A.

.IiTII.irf
n

'

F
'

... fil$ffir,
I

oF

, F

. F,@.l88l-

or

mftr.rftr , F

**ft rt, to bu!, IL, &. A.

OWIF-.IFlo.,F,F>II F shan, to ill,
II

.mr, ,.,tdtW
fartnGfr
II

II

fF-F,
II -I/-iI
I

(ITI, &. A. .If.IA.fil-, O

fill
or F

lAf.I.I.ir
fF

shi, to destro!, (, pM

'<ft34

fatil-

n
I -If.I.ff.l

ship, to throw, (IP &. A.

F,

m
F

O F,
I

I F;.ffir

r5,flIfiti rit 5
oit

oit I far;W , farF + ',

-fi>.rfir, o4 I f.>(rftu, F

ofarar ,F

C
I

shubh, to ;ua e, I(, &. A. F,

I ', II

oW,,- F,

...

, F han, to dig, I, &. A. Witfir, ow II 'H '8 I .....% . .IIfiI. F or W.( I wnr , F or .mrCC, @..... , wfil-9V , W.-iI.rflt II 3 had, to eat, I, &. Fftr C F , F-it I 'llmi4 , 7 ' I F.Iftr I fttC Iret .tiir

5#'

or F

n
..,. ' h!A, to tell, II, &. F , '*'ti* I ' ,

.ml-, F
, F

II FP

CC-f, 5I33ffl,

I tf*I**Il oF

ow I r....lem

II

D#T

@.- (E8*#.

.5K
T ' , ...f.=Mfl

F
.' C-

hal, to mo"e, I, & .......

I ..

fir. '
,

fF

I '

or 55IM4fn I ,.. ...fM ..f.

n F
I
I

i, to collect, (, &. A. F,

F
' F

IF,
I

r..Liteift

oWP >!. F
or L, &. II

r....., ..

I
flil

m IF,

n F,F,
oF.

hint, to thin , I

NiAfIrC
I.

(.iF3lIBi , .YF

mit

Dfn
F FI.nftw
F

FeiHfiiiiir,om
..
or F, I

ur, to steal, L, &. F

,..P/HH. ....
F.. F,FI

F hid,tocut,(II,&.A.fJr.ffwP

..&ril', oW , ..ni\ O fn' If.n;!, of ..

iI-iIfwP
to be born, I(, A..tT.Iit-C -#I.I-T-it-,
II

F.Fftrn
Fgan,
to beget, I, &.

.3 ,-IIlIfPf.l.
.I-T.I
'8

FP

*Iftnn I .f..I..fiI.riir, oW, Fit

gagC, to awa e, II, &. /properl! an intensi"e of

-\ifTATFA FI, FIP I

AI

griG

il&Tf8P if..l.-IP il-Tufill

.itl'lHii(H

iIlA8Ti.u, F,

FC

.I.I&TTt or

il&Tro.riir I .I-Trrf:ir

.I&TtiF

I il-TA8.Ifll II

fst gi, to con;uer, I, &. /A. with '3tl and F) *I'*tt*r II fIIAmfP firfn8P fsr7sI I' ,' I *ft; Ifsnr I fili-lT, ' I *fT*I*IfZ I f*Oft*lftr n CC gi", to li"e, I, &. 'iI'i*rf> II f.ri.i.IP FI I ..&>ri,,5, I snrf4Bifn I ' I *ftm , .ftf.IPPn, 8'', I ' I '& *IfF I fit >i fcc .. fd- n 't #rt, to grow old, I(, &. 'tIi*lfI II *Iiit I

om O
'

.I.m,CtW.

iFlIfIll

, lITgD,toAmaw, IL,

&.

A..I.infir, ..
M 2

,,,frio ....., ill I tilllCCC

1%#
FP ..I.i.. ,

A&&ENDIL

I.

lff*IiT , '
o4 + fF

, ..Tif
n

, ..t-.8T, Slmll II FP

',
F.FFIFlfFC,.I

'4

or

Fftr,

P;! ).A, to grow wea , IL, &.

.&V tan, to stretch, (III, &. A.

nr.nnr

fsrfi*rLrH

'

ro

or

'ft'**iit, ,
I

iritlftr, F D if.nif, F I .IC8- , -Ii-fT, Wilill or @.8.I , ifTif*Ifir n oil- or I( -ifC>.-.ir, oit
O II -iI-iI-T-f,

Cn I iiirii'4i*,.

C% tap, to bum, I, &. A. Afir,

'

ro On I if.i:IT,Si/.ll
II

-iICE8 I ifT*I&
.

*IfI 5 ft II tud, to stri e,(I, &. A. F,

19Z II 0i'' I Ari- *4 , ' %rt trip, to be pleased, I(, &. F n iI-iI-..P iI-Vf;cI- F%
FfPr, F-l-

II F,%pit,Cp i/ t"l, to cross, I, &. or (I, A. 'ir;ir or iil;' II -iI-if-AIP FI, F or F I ', Ow O iIl.l.- I ifF I -iftiPir, ow-ti< O ', >ftF6, ' I Prroriir, Lit I *intt54ftr II

.fIt. - **' I ri*IfiI , ...*ft B 3 '5 ' ftrr.f>

-C tnh, to ill,(II, &. FP

. F
.'
oF

t!ag, to abandon, I, &. A. F,

I ',
O

iIIlilHHfn I

fllDalfn n

ow or Ffir,

oit

II ifi.ITiI-,

m,
@T\ 2 .
I.

19Z , '

t iIIlI O i.f.I.-,

F F F F
'

trss, to tremble, I, &. or I(, &. A.

.>ftr or F,

5T4H '8

orFI I 'iiiiiat5, I ' + ' II t"ar, to hasten, I, A. F II iIiit I 'i lf2r I ' dams, to bite, I, &. F
F II It ',

W, @iVF-

FfMlc;fn , F
, F
I Fit
II

,F ,

dam, to tame, I(, &. F

I' I' I F.;T,
oF

.. F ForF,FIF.
I'

Fdah,toburn,I,&.Fn
O

O F-CCCFA

F di, to gi"e, m, &. A. wfir,

-VW II

',')'H

?I#T O9 (E8*#.

1%$
, ' /often oW after I ' It I '. I

K. pl. F prefi+esI F F FII

I F,

@T.P F
oF

I ' I '

'IIT4 !&tta) , ',

di", to pla!, I(, &. F

OO

'fl*' I Ff;.V , F
5'5 I ',

O
I '

t\t. FF
II F,F
, F

dis, to point, (I, #. A. F,

Ow
I oF

I '&
O F I '&

Lit , '

. t3

dih, to anoint, II, &. A. F,

. tW\P Ft,
','H
FP

'H

',',

fJr7w, tZI , ',

f4fir

ifftIr, 'H
JIfF,
F,F,

',
F,F,
T
FA

',
FI,
F.If,

IF,F,FP

',',.*46.
CP

', '
F, FP

Ft,CF]I-HI-/,.fYtlftlAVP

F,iJpF,F.FFn
'

F, f\I , F,
I f~,FI I oF

, Ft.fPr, F,

FA

ftt.IEr, FP
,

F, ..

F]I-HIi/,

fF-lnlCIP

/F,FI

%pt,

n dub, to mil , II, &. A. /li e FG

II

F.Ifir

F.l, F,F
I

OF
l '

IF
I ',

C-A.If.IC- F FI-WATForFI ' II I

F..VF-F-F-Ffirn
Fdris,tosee,I,p.FDFP

FP A(T .Ifir I CFP.F

Fit

,F

S -..-,
,

oF

m -F%
, titfn

*;r2, to r2n.r I, #. ' 0l*IffIr Ii5 pn, @p ,

FGn

''.''I

-C

d!ut, to shine, I, A O

...n.9Z
II

2 '

, '

an

m-

p8PpNP

8C - F or F% 0**I*IfZ , ('

1%%

A&&ENDIL

I.

-8 drub, to hurt,
p..CP
-C-

8F-F-

I(, &. -pfI..

',mnrll
F,FPFP
. F,JtfV,FP

d"isb, to hate,

n, &.

Oll, O4t*I or nGnt

I

or

A .O

fIC F

.C.- 0K'ffir ..
t

.tnr55 fn FP CFI
FP
FA

JII dhA, to place, lIT, &. A. FP

FI
FP
*ITiIT I ' II
, '

O .,..PFP
F , F,F,

JfWEP

F-WP
CCCCP

',''5 oitP
F

','I',.mn + *Trr , o-.T.f O F

, '*'0***Ifir I

ftnwfir
F F

dbA",to run, to wash, I, &. A. J...Iftr, Lit II ' + .%.t% , J..-I> I -I..W rnnning T M wasbed , JI..I.Iflr C
to sha e,(or IL, &. A. F,
I '

F, W OEI!>If>
*II**fZ ,
'ilt
ForF.. F '

*..d=,

'I dbC, to bear, I, &. A. /no presentG F, *iDit , **' I -&C- F, lIrorfir, oit I
....dhmA, to blow, I, &. *IITiI' , @lllt.l , nad, to hum, I, &. nam, to bend, I, &. , iIiI , ',

-A-ITfW, -ACiffI.. I *..if , '*5trflr , ' 2

Wor
F F , II

Jlfcarflr, oit -I8Iit

EIIIfil''' ' 'BI*'*I*Iftt II

+ ',

or
I

iIFC

F,.tFP

itAI, F
.&AI I '
, F
,'

i&I.irC -if-iITIIP
or F

SiA8I , F

or 'if**f*Ifir

...ttl C-iI
Fn,#,

-C - rit if 5 fn II

to perish, I(, &. F.ff.l.. FP

F,
F FII

ifFl .. f1 or F
nah, to bind,

, tnr , F

, .. ..nC-MIiJ.

inAI-F

or >it&
B I
1 ...

.
I

I(, &. A. -Pf.IftrF

cit

II

......Tit, ....

?I#T O9 (Elt*#.

1%&

nrit, to dance, I(, &.

I

'#it
F

pa , to coo , I, &. 0A. Fftr,

'# I ;*I*ir I fPrPffi.lftr ,

*.* .... ' ','

,...mr .. iAfP

.IWiI I

*I'IfZ

oit 2 ',

'I.'.hl fi or

5'II8 , 5fi..r.
ittt'#it
' I
II

..nrH

I'

m I ..mnr , F
!nriI n
*Fr I , F

.fit.pat, to fall, I, &. ->ftr II

, .If.n.n,
II '

.f;-/.IP

;I, F

1*fi*l ,
I' I

,.If.rtIIfir I .I.I.ri.r I t-;;tlrFftr ot

/aor. Atm.G
I I' I

F pad, to go, I(, A.

OEE I '
I

I'

I .;.;FF

.i.w, .IlFA @..... I F I .ft.rit I F , f.l.mlfil , F .. ...pa, to protect, II, &. .ITftr II' .' , .ITIF n
Fpusb, to thri"e, I( or IL, &. F
II

'3TO!,to ;rin:, I, #. fl!fI I'

F,.I.ir-l

r.nn '3iflm 5
'r*F!H '8
I5,,5,I

.I&I.If.l

or

Oi FfPr
' t '

**II**fir II F-f\-w.

llpd, to purif!, IL, &. A. /or I,A O ..TitG

A-I-ffir, FfTI II A.n.r,

5

'tI*If, , '
I

fit
'

,pn

/.8pftrG, to fill, to guard, III, &. -f;.fffP

, '** I pt, @.... I '3F*f(*I II fLnmr II /;C;-ftG,

I' II I

I ' , '5,

*.&* or F
'40I= ,

. F FIFtWmD

praD, to as . (I, &.

,..nr

@-ZH

.t-:bfr

,.rr ,,.
II

.hAI, F

or ....-.P
t

CfIT, @.fti8

lftprt, to please, IL, &.

A..it.rrtir, .I8.ir

..mrtnt

/f.r8t.IG, tJrfir.t O
, ...-% or

FIit>,.lOWIFC
F phal, to burst, I, &.

Fn

I' *I'*III '5 , *IftHnr or .,.

3r,
..... C, F
@CCC,, I '

mCF

*fE.0 bandh,

to bind, IL, &..I.t.-ftrC I

&11

or

I 3 I

I mfr5*

?I#T @.- (E8*#.

1%.
,

tIMb=,

to

be, become, I, &.A.F,

I F.l F.

ow
I
FA

II CF,,,F,.F
oF O *0'

F,

Ffir

i.in

FCC

oit , F, m,

ow , F
',
I '

lA bhri, to carr!,

FP mriir, -.&A/fP or faOr'

fm ,flOmf2r,
IF I

&. A. /also I, &. A.

lAdir, citG F,
II .pfTt, F I
P

'

'5f*I ' l.-ftI.Irfir , mit

l0i' I
I

SlfAl - F

,F

lFffir

'I'
F

F F

bhragg, to fr!, (I, &.

lf0iI'ftr

n
II

Fit
EI*5FI*ir

lAll

flG

bhram, to wander, I(, &. or I, &. A. .fJi;I

-or FF orFI I ,

.fFP

.**Ffit
I

.ilr>rfl , m ,F, oF or =*!fn I %afFCC %PfF

n
II

or

(Ifflr, oil
or oF II

It
I

,AJtma##, to sin , I, &.lAilf8 -I A&8I- I Fill

AI7iII

10rri*f'

'

, I!I*riir
I If4 I

..niwfftr
or ..F

m
F

F mad, to re<oice, I(, &.

.I..Ifw

.fIfFP
II

FI,

F.Ifir
If-t;

man, to thin , I(, A.

1

m I'
I I

, JnF

Ifif , .Ii-n,

or

Ifill I '

Wit, ;'a ,,,FW , m, II.lI.Iit , Iftatin n

'I I @.l-Dl ,

F
M

manth, to sha e, I or IL, &, I(,rfir or F

.&i-m , ,,F
l*if I

, Fit
II, &.

Ifflrw
I '5

ai*I*Ifir n

m,
or

-C mF, to measure,

IftFw , FCI ,,',

, f*nr

or III, A.

II.flr
olff.f

or

..&ftit

I' '

, F

IfT.I.Ifir ,

f*ne*ir n
'

&.A, triir, o*t II ',ft'' -IIAF, oir , Oit , # I Ol, @.-C , F I *fnr, WIt'l I ftl,'iit or IfTeiit II F muh, to be foolish, I(, &. Of> AI plt, ,,CF or Fnr
Cmu ,toloosen,(I,

5'I0'I55

..G.,%

.7@
or

A&&ENDIL ..

F-I

&8C- F,
'I mn,

,C-]-lifn , -C- or .Z.-

I55,, , ',
.II.II.I,

to die, (I, #. /pres. and aor. A.G , II

.If.A O .&O I ' .C-..YC, - ftF ,F

*ir; II mit , *J* I -&C , F

apI< '*mIFP

IIII.l P

I IrT-/.Ifr I

IZItmrig, to cleanse, II,&.IITfiP

.ilisitE
or

F.F,Ifi.,II.<PFP
or For
II....IfiII

-f.iI-FuFP
I F,

(fITAVP

.IIf#lI-ap
I-F

F
..

W, @-li.l ,

/..P;FII
II

lIT mnA, to stud!, I, &.

i
F

IIiIfir 'I

mlai, to fade, I, &.

0IT*Ifir

IIIit I .,. iZtit'

, ' , ,*

F,.I-T.iI,

.tiI,....
,m
I

2 ***'
'I*(T&

!ag, to worship, I, &. A.

F -W.fr , FP

.I.riir, Lit n ','

**'** I '

'

.8it.Ifir ,
.tIli4i*5, '

Ffir

II
II

...V !am, to stop, I, &..8Ifit

.I.ItIr,

or ./fir-IP FI,

.&I.I.ir

or

*I**f*Ifir , ' *IIfir

II

... !A, to go, II, &.

'5
@..... , F

*I*it I .. i4ltft'5 I 'H

,

I' 'H '

*I*iIT I
It

or FI

**** ,

*lT*!flr , i*#n>f>

*IT*Ilt ,
F

***'* I .IIi-fT,
I 'H ',

E!u, to <oin,

II, &..IlftrP F

, ..it.EG
II

. F-F-&I&-,O&CFII
F!ug,
' I

to <oin, (II, &. A. F,F

..F,

A.IN, F oit , &OIit I El.- - Or, apr , F

B

IF

, F%
F ,

.Ifir, oit , C-)..-.J - F

F

rush, to protect, I, &. A. -VtIffiI,

oif 'I

-tDf-

tf.r;firP

';itrn , '

tfarI , oF

, F

'(*rf*Iftr

II

PIST 1*' =EF%S.

1&1

morn
. F

t5,

rafl?, to tinge, I(, &.

-$IIflr..
-/K. , oF

ti.fI
. F

I ttl , oF

O ,

rabh, to grasp /F

F
F

I F

ftwn ..

't!I*t , ...t.N ,

,%rabb, to beginG, I, A.

mit
I F,

II F

@T\ I

m 2'
FrAg,

ram. to sport, I, A. /with

lII.Ifr , fttrl tT.I.riir

'I

I .&t. *m'
at

35( , B I ',
D.Ifir, oitC FIF,F,FIorFIA

8, -...-, ..ft,

F; optionall! &.G

@t.8l- or Stilr *'6FIit,

to shine, I, &. A.

nT.r, F,F,

Fru,tocr!,IT,&.

aftrPFP

FP

FII.%u%

Flm-.#-ir,F-mitn
Frud,toweep,II,&.

trFP
F-F-FIFIFO F

For.FCPFP
FT.AP
FFA

m.Fn
oF , F

FFIF-FADt;P
,

FFfYCf

Frudh,

,
F ' FII

to sbut out, (IT, &. A. F,

ti. '5m,

.. , F

II

For.aFC,P

t.F , l.Fflr
I '

*'

;w-FIF->--;T,OF. n
I ' , .'

rub, to grow, I, &. F , ._.- I

;T, @.i.l , F

,F
I'

or 5m ' orF. I
I' I LHs4It I

ii#6 Isbh, to grasp, I, A.

F, @-il&.l , F ,

fcntll b, to scratch, to write,(I, &. m>fir I ',',

I

fLHsIait
I

ro. F
I.

C-C-C

5,fa55,

oF

if ..., to

cut, IL, &. A.

-iA.I.fr, F

)t***fir

II
I

SF,

4 ' t6iI II

F "u,

to spea , IT, &.

.Ifar, CCC,, FP

.IDII, .A-C$NI, -I#P

1&"
F, .I.9-l, F I ', -#f.VP W.I-DI, .,.M, F -A..rP- %,I , F,FMP

D&*NDIL I.

',

'H F
'

.,..,,',
*' MI','
II

.. &
5 I5, I

O ......mt,

-fIfnr, ..-EP F

WWT,

oF

* ',',

F, F.
n*8illH

F "ad, to spea , ., &. F.

It

ant I CCfeIw

F,
I ',

FFP
o>r I '

FI

, ='IT&
I ',

f.l---t-fft Iifit

.I.t "ap, to

sow, to wea"e, I, &. A.

C..I O F
"as, to desire,

F,F, *Ih
F

II

FP ..ma I ',
II ',

, ro n, &. F,

+' ,*I'T*I*I*ir 'I

C,CC,

.f.I.ir

Il F,

or

4s' 5'0 I '.

rn=*l or FP I mP.n, oF

.If"P FIP

3fir

'3'&

-#.I

"as, to dwell, I, &. F I ....,,C, - F,

.ITlIlriiI , .. Lfl ie '5 I f; EllC fn n lF6 "as, to wear, II, A. WC .I> O ..%crf\.l t
oF

ro ,-'f;
II

-#flI;P
O F

I '

.f-8I.lfw

.Am l .If'i:lT,
or FP
... ,

cnFtir n f; "id, to now, rr, &. m, lmw, .IfwP Ar., FI, or FFP .inrI, f-cnt;, F I ','8
I ' I

WAT,

F !ah, to carr!, I, &. A.

;iir, oit. F,F

FitP

-#AI I

'555'''' I

*m'

.mnFP .mnr, %.Aw, .F

FIFCMFFP

.mr.,F,

m8H

F,F,fXft&VP

F,m,F,F.

or FI

, .,

AF,

itsP

F
F/olafGP

, F.riir I f:lfCf\tlifflll

'.fm,',',
/olaoG,

ForN%

m,'8,

&res. perf. F

.fN /@.@C%5@G,

.lI;IP .inr/t'&.fAlG,F,

8FI/cp.p.)5-)G.

"id, to find, (I, &. A. F,

oit II F,

,F

?I#T OA- (E8*#.

.7' .

'

isG , F

flfW Fr

i.fl.OT t

Lit I fenrit /there is found, there e+ists, there mr , F, ofg% , F F , F, F , Ff,rlir n I ' , "is, to enter, (I, &. F. , ',

m , oF

, F

Ffill

fcltlI'I98 ..
.f.I.t, FP I *0'

C-.I a .%cnF,
FIFfttll

, ni, to co"er, (, &. A. FP

.,.

, mit

-fiitC
I

Lrtt&

%,w , -fi:C,@-VN

.IT-P
or I fir*f*f

, "ri, to choose, IL, A. ,.. ,

-frill - Cfitl-V , F

lfttiti* II er8% I .,&r , '

II

F "rit, to be, to e+ist, I, A. /optionall! &. in aor., fut., desid.Q .

%dit O **':* , ~
-d.riir
I

, crftiwrit

or F

'f4 '@-fil- .- .F

.H..C/- fct.=if8II

LrHlI , ',
FII

F "ridh, to increase, I, A. /opt. &. in aor., fut., desid.G F

.mw , F.ir

I ,.

+ '

I ',

o4 ,

*IIfE6M "!adh, to stri e, I(, & Fi.ruIfI.

fLreIrD T fLr!'08 , .. ,H.MIl'

CCCW , f'3

,
, ',
1

i*r2r I *II'0EI*If*r , f:ie; Hi fit n .I-it "rag, to go, I, &. iI-iIfir n .I-lmI-F &.55illII9'KKlift'i( .fi...ifW , Fit . ..fPnr , AfPtm, oF ,F , *ITir*riir ret ! fil5l fir n

Mif*l ,

~ vms', to
Csams,
Csa ,

cut, (I, &. ,.,..

to recite, I,

p.lfwfw

,.rZ, ' , -fIT,

to be able, (, p. I F-FT,
oF

Mf>
l F,F

F-F.I,FP >

6irai3fri

@,.

I
II I I

;I ,F
II

F.
F

, ..... it

I 5

.lnf.it n

sap, to curse, I, &. A. F,

oit.

F,

, F.f-IIit ,

~,,P,~II

.7H
F .,...,

.l&IrENDIL

I.

to cease, I(, &. F ,

-ar
F

I F

Cb..,,C,

-I

FP FP FI

.;I , F
F I ', I '&

I %

D FP

*As, to command, IT, &. FP

or .F,FP

W-V, FI

FP
' FII

F,F,FP
, .'

F,.lr",F,Fu
t ,*fti$ifri I '

FN,
, C-%

'3r, I F(i:I.
FP F

F
FIF,OFIFII

lish, to distinguish, (II, &. FP

'm,*lifI,3n

fri.r.F-FIFn, A.

~.ii, ~, ird , F,
.M.HDnFP

'*ft at,

to lie down,

FI,
F
F,
I '

F,

F,

FP

F,

F,

%.lhrP F,
, F,
F,
I '

OO -H.J...-/,
F%
I. F II

%d,
'

F,F,
FF
, '

F,FP
F

M.F.t/.i/,
, '

''

M'su$, to grie"e, I, &. -itF.

nr sri, to

+ i'f'I0KI'(

t go, I, &. A.

' FIt

I >i*r>rfir,

cit O -tAft.iW

C-.mir , FCC -IAf.Ifir, oit

l

F .. ,

.'55H,',.f...c;fn I
n
'&

, r.liTf4iii* II

..mr , m ,wf.nPn,
'.*0'FF,', , -tI..IIfirP .nn
t ..

It ',',

om ,
I

,FP
F C-

F sru,tohear,(,&0lAtrA.fIP

ft.IP

.. fA ,,.,
or *If3 , oF

, -&I,

mIoF , F

riF
O

FIP

wF-

CIIT:I.Ifir , *0'

,F
II

s"as, to breathe, II, salg, to adhere, I,

&..If'iir. F I OO 'H.C-C. n &. 7=IIflI 2

II F

r....rn

t .....

,.

sri, to swell, I, &.

**I*tfir

5it

5I , ifJ I trarit ,
II

I F

..

-I @tn.r O

df.t I ti.A.ir

*E*4 Ffw

I .It

?I#T @.- (E8*#.

1&$

F '

sad, to perish, I, &. F t

')iIF'f4 I

.m , ...
;it
It

It ', I

o"a I

itfF
'

oF .8fiIIrP , '

FI

+ 4lIi&

Fn

n
F
F

sah, to bear, I, A.

I F,

@.... t '

, ...Fftr

.>f5. wftwi\P m. m n
oit
I-

.%.rftrF, on .ffw, ow II

si , to sprin le, (I, &. A. F, I ', ow ,

nr.m , f,i , ,, ofw.; , F%

ftn`ri*r
I

fm, '

sidh, to succeed, I(, &.

fW.N
II

2m> , ftr2iIl W I mfitH

It

fWw-F
Csu,

OO
to distil, (, #.5!. ',
I F ,

')Tn
'

-am
or

K*' t @p

-fC8,
II

I WTFW

Csft,tobear,II,A.
I

-Zit, CC,,F,

** sri, to go, I, &. wtfil C .fi- I lIrorfir I fF n

~ sri#, to let off, (I, &. I

wf.rwrT

w..IIit

I ' I n -allTt, linH ;lI-P FI , wfF

5if

,,.i:f,

FI-F

'#'it

**i**ir II I -(a-.-.f., .W, 1'#' ' ' , ' I '*,fir II -rtsrip, to creep, I, &. rifHC FP la/m- F or F , .A.IIit I .p I FF @-f-AI - ri.Iiir , fFfir
.) so, to
finish,

- nfll
IFfn II

r", &.

-I lIWt I F

fercrr,
-F-I
F FI

.i*Iit , m
-W],h(hC F

O.
I

.il s ana,
F
FFF

lI..I I ')*)*6 5

=f*I*;iI u
or @.EiaC

to approach, I, &. FC .S`

stambh, to propFIL, & O

',E#I,

....mr
F,@.if-For

'I
u F,F, >Lftf/

F,

II

F
I '

I Fnll

F stu, to praise,

n, O.H A. Ffir

or

>>&

.75
F.ForF,F,F..

. A&&ENDIL

I.

.fhtP F

AIACC/dienn,orm%
I

>T*IIfHr

aA-.IfiI ltAI stC,

I F,

Al.Ifir II
I Jf- t ',

I '

, '

li& - F,

@.,
I I

mI
F

to co"er, (or IL, &. A. F rH I F

or F S-5f.-Il.

II .nit.t, I ' t /iiii;;fi

/af/ ..

'6lilT stbA., to stand, I, #.

, Ff.I
Fspris,totouch,(I,&.

.nrfI*Ii6

I lit i IZrZ II
I '

n..nr , F,

finrm
FII

II

W8I./fir I ffiHift M....

I '
, '

o6lll**l

.If.t I ' NEiffHrft 5

ft8
FT,

I'

CfIT, oF

C-.'.IC-n.I orF%
I ', + ' '., I

lIf smri, to remember, I, &. tIIdir JIf-iI O lI9ri, Wllfill I F I F

F s!and, to drop, I, A. F FIF-FII

smi, to smileP I, A. F II ' ofen; I .mI*Iftr or /itI:ii<llr C

II II '

fJInr O

It ln88 I (F((*IIf.. I I '

.8flC I
. I

I '

a' sru, t o flow, I, &.

,

am5 .'n&m.'A, .. eilfl5,

-'.' ...
II ' II 'H I I'

, efLLii4n.

s"ang, to embrace, *, A. F to sleep, , F

B

Fs"ap, F

rr, &. F
,

m8 I ./.H.H.C,
I

I -]..

n.nr
til
I

I F

-fA

I Ol

I *0*I6 , >i;i<fri C.&V- CCCC

..ft, 3H 3 I.F

t-V han, to ill, II, &.

lfttP FIP
II .I.8iI
I

m-FP
I ',

,fitMfZ t F
II

, .

li-IT, Still , F

*ITif*ri*r I fit wd\C,

IT ha, to lea"e, III, &. .I-VffirP Fill

*f, II
ttH8I
I

-lit, i**Ttr or ..V...- I WVlWF

F, or F

F, ,F
II

.I-tIIP
,

t'*Iit ,

ftiPn, WtCI , ...CI - tT3*If> , 55. Zfit

?I#T O9- (E8*#.

1&& F.ffP8TCC
-FI-

flFhim', to stri e,(II,&. F

IFP
I ..

fiD, '
fFm
I

Fu

fsr.fft
HI, &.
Ft

feJflitC flfaiiifit
II

fF
to

Ehu,
FI

sacrifice,
I

, nrftf ....f5 5

"n]tftfi

rOt lEif

lOn' '

>it&

*0tF or CCI

... ..I I
I

tmrfl- .<l.Ifir

II

.rr
It

,/hri,tota eGI,&.A. tDir, oitu.lt8,FP I tft.;fPrP til , fr, I '

I

.If-FI

/.- , Oi,

@pr

F-fF,OitlF.I

', n.3 , fill'illCE5 9Af1-F-. ,

i%h"e,tocall,I,&.A.F,oitl-FPmIIF,F,
I F

hri, to be ashamed, III, &.

n.IfirP FIP

'H

fstfliint I firf;I ..= or thll '

rr*t I r '@l.- - F

, *Tl*I'tir I tiltetCC

II

A&&ENDIL
=ET8E IN :?A##I:A?

II.
#AN#18IT.

The "ersification ofclassical #ans rit diirers considerabl! from.that of the (edic h!mns, being more artificial, more sub<ect to strict rules, and showing a far greater number of "arieties of metre. Olassical #ans rit metres are di"ided intoI% I. Those measured b! the number of s!llablesP II. Those measured b! the number of morae the! contain. . All "erses are di"ided into halt%"erses, while nearl! all are further di"ided into ;uarter%"erses /padaG. >uantit! is measured '# in ?atin and $ree . (owels are long b!.nature or b! position. T>a consonants ma e ' preceding short "owel long b! position, Anus"Ara and (isarga counting as -full consonants. A short "owel counts as one mo"a /matrAG, a long "owel /b! nature or positionG as two.

I OO etre' measured b,. #,.Dable' /.5. shara hanclaAG,

These consist ofI% A. Two half%"erses identical in structnre,. while the ;uarter% "erses I and K differ from 4 and- H. *. 9our ;Fer%"erses all identical in structure.

A. 0Fhe #lob.
The slo a /song, from sru, to hearG de"eloped from the (edic Anushtubh is the Epic "erse, and ma! be considered the Indian "erse par eeeellenee, occurring, as it does, far more fre;uentl! than an! other metre in classical #ans rit poetr!. It consists of two half%"erses of .5 s!llables or of four pAdasof ' s!llables. Di"iding the half%"erse into four feet of four s!llables, we flnd that onl! the second and the fourth foot are determined as to ,

lIET8E

IN O?A##I:A? #AN#18IT.

lr)

;uantit!.

The fourth is necessaril! iambic /" % " FG, while the

second ma! assume fi"e different forms. The *irst and the third foot are undetermined, e+cept that F . . ' is alwa!s e+cluded from them. *! far the commonest form of the second foot is
. & & '

/in Nala .HH4 out of *("2 half%"ersesG. The t!pe of the slo a ma! therefore be represented thus I%

++++

*" %

% F

I7 + & 7* " %

"

&II

E+. isid riga Nllo nama I (%uasenasuro bali . upapanno gDCiir ishtai I riipa"iin as"a o"lda

II

It is onl! when the second foot has " % % F that the first foot

ma!

assume all its admissible forms. When the second foot has an! of the other four forms, the first foot is limited, as shown

Fn the following tableI%

I. 4. V

K.
4&

6.

I. & & + II " % " " " O II + .&& O % " M I & " " .O II ++++ + & . & I &,& & + II O OO ..I., .% " %. C
+ +++ O %
II

I.

TI.

m.

I(.

I" %

" O

II

The first /t!picalG form is called l^ath!,P the remaining four, , called (ipulA., are in the abo"e table arranged in order of fre;uenc! of occurrence. Out of 46'@ half%"erses ta en from 1AlidAsa /8aghu .."amsa and 1umAra%sambha"aG, =lgha, *hsrs"Q, abo"e order claims the following shareI 44'), n5, '), '6, I. In the table a dot indicates an undetermined s!llableP 0 a comma mar s the caesura. The end of a pA.da coincides with the end of a word /some% times onl! with the end of a word in a compoundG, and the whole
5"

and *ilhasa, each of the fi"e admissible forms of the slo a in the

ISO

A&&ENDIL

II.

,lo s contains a complete sentence. The .construction does not run on into the ne+t line. Occasionall! three half%"erses are found combined into a triplet.

*. All I-o"
I.

&,du identical

I-o2m.

Of the numerous "arieties de"eloped from the (edic %rriah%

tubh /II s!llables to the pldaG, the commonest areI% % " I " % " I % % <. Indra"agrA.I % % " I % " % " " " % " b. Dpendra"agrlI c. DpagA.ti /a mi+ture of the abo"e twoGI

I& &

I & & II

..

F%"l%%"l"%"-%Fll
;. S!lint8 & & & I %, % . I % % . I % % II e. 8athoddhatAI % " % , " " " , % " % I " % .. 4. The commonest forms of $agati areI%
'.-

/.4 s!llables to the padaG

(amsasthAI " % " I % %

. '

b. Druta"ilambitaI K. The commonest padaG isI%

" . " % " I % " F .. " I % " " I % " " I % " % II

"ariet! of

)al*8.a.ri
0

/.H s!llables to the

(asant,tiIa lI%%"l%""l"%"l"%"
H. The commonest form of padaG isI%

I&'
% %

II'

Ati'a "a.rl

/.6 s!llables to the

M!lint8 " " " I " -" " , % %, %

I"

I"

% F C

commonest "ariet! of At7Dhti /.7 F!llablFs to the padaG isI% a. Si:harlnt8 "%%I%%%,I"-""l""%I%""l"%II

6. The

b. =andl rAntlI & & &*&, " "

5. The commonest

I"

" "

I ', & II

. " /% % "

*& '

form of Atiahriti

/.) s!llables to the

O!;a) isI%
S!r;ftla.i:rttlita 8

% % %,

II.

" "

&I

" % "- " "

&,*& M." *& &

"

I'

0=ET8E% IN

:?A##I:A? #AN#18IT.

.'.

7. The commonest pldaG isI%

#ragdharA.I

"ariet! of

&ra riti
.

/4. s!llables to the

% % % I%

" %

I %,

" "

" " "

" %, %

" % %

" %

....I.Il

tIe

.etres

measured bA- .orae.

A. =etres in which the sum total onl! of the0 morae is pre% , scribed /=AtrDhandahG. The =ait!liya. contains K@ morae in the half%"erse, .H in the first pAda, .5 in the second. Each pAda ma! be di"ided into three feet, the second alwa!s consisting of a choriambus, and the third. of two iambicsP while the Drst foot in the first O!;a consists of a p!rrhic, in the second pAda of an anapaest. contain' "erse I
,7= =

The half%"erse thus

4.

s!llables.

The following is the .cheme of the half%

. '

*&

. .

&I

. &

0I

. .

&*&

. .

&I

. &..

'

**

*. =etres in which the number of morae in each foot /ganaG is specified /$ana handa G .

.i.r!, er $Ath,

has

7l feet to

the half%"erse, each foot con%

taining 4& morae (9 K1 morae altogetherG. The H morae ma! ta e the form = " " ", % %, % = =t or " " %P in the and and atb the! ma! also become " % "P in the 5th the! appear as " " = " .or = & ". The 'th foot is alwa!s monos!llabicP the 50th of the second half%"erse consists of a single short '!llable. second half%"erse contains onl! 47 morae. Hence the

#AN#18IT INDEL.
ThIs inde+ contains all #ans rit words and affi+es occurring in the grammar, with the e+ception of numerals /..5%.4@G, unless declined, and of the "erbs gi"en in Appendi+ I. The former, owing to their numerical orderP the Ftter, because of their alpha.betical arrangement, >ill easil! be found. All indi.ferent words occurring in e+amples of #andhi or of #!nta+ are of course e+cluded. The fi?2res refer to paragraphs.
A**8E(IA. TION#.

A. TTad<ecti"e. ad.,.., ad"erb, ad"erbial. at., afti+. ,or., aorist. art., article. *"., *abu"rlhi. od., compound. o<., con<unction. @.., class. op"., comparati"e. ca"., :,usati"e. dol., declension. dem., demonstra% ti"e. den., denominati"e. dea., desiderati"e. Dc., D"igu. D"., D"and"a. enol., enclitic. f. n., foot%note. ft., future. crd., gerund. i<., inter<ec% tion. indol., indeclinable. inf., infiniti"e. ip"., imperati"e. itr"., ,interrogati"e. L., 1arma.%dh,ra!a. N., note. n., neuter, neg., negati"e. nm., numeral. pol., particle. per., periphrastic. pt., perfect. pr.,
present. prf., prefi+. prn., pronoun, pronominal. prp., preposition, prepositional. pa., passi"e. pt., participle. sf., suffi+. 'p"., superlati"e. Tp., Tat%purusha. "., "ocati"e. w., with.

%a, bases in, .@7. a sb, des. of, .)', 4. a shara% handah, n. s!.la.bic metre, App. II, I. a shi, n. e!e, I AO, KP 4.) b. agni%mat, a. ha.in? fire, )'P .@6, * and K. agni%mat., f., .@6, ... agni%math, a. flre% indllng, '). Agnf%sh5ma.u, D". od., 4 I 7 c. agre, ad". prp. before, 8" d. Fho , ". #andhi of, 66. Anga, strong base, 'K. a , to go, bases ending in, .@H. -%Dnita, a. 1. cd OO 4 I 6, K. aiig, to anoint, .HH, (II, I. %at, bases in, )7. ati, prp. be!ond, 4@7 aP 4@' a.

,ti7, pF. "er!, 4.@. AtidhritF f. a metre, App. IT, I *, 5. A ti', "arl, f. a metre, App. II, I *, H. At!ashti, f. a metre, App. IT, I *, 6. atha, pel. then, now, 4.@. atha."i, c<. or, 4.@. ad, to eat, t!pe of c.. II, .K', IP
adat, pro pt., )7. adas, demo pm., .4HP 445 *. adhara, pm. a. inferior, west, .K@ c. adbas, ad". prp. below, 84,) d. a.dhl, prp. o"er, 4@7 aP 4@' c. adhi% rit!a, prp. grd. regarding, 4.@P 4H@ b. adhi%strl, f. /. ed, chief woman, 4.6, K0 %an, bases in, .@4.

.c...

I56EC.
an, to breathe, .c, II, I. anadut, m. o+, .@5, K. anantarDn, ,d". prp. after, 4@) c. %anf!a, pte pst pt., .'7P 4K). anu, prp. after, 4@7 aP 4@'P 4@' a. An%udltta, p"e accent, .'. AnudAtta%tara, accent, .'. anurt.pam, ad". ed, accordingl!, 4.#,K. Anushtubh, f. a (edic metre, App.
ai, to eat, dee. of, Ig', 4.

.''

II,IA. Anu%*(ara, 6P IIP .7, 'P K' T 34, KP K*H KKP H7P App. II, introd. ant<ra, pro a. outer,
antar,ad".prp.within,#4,f.n.P 4@)a.
.K@ c.

antara, n. difference, 2*) e, 'M. antarl, ad". prp. without, 4@) a. antaren<, ad", prp. without, 4@) a. antiD, a. near /cp".GP %m,ad"., 4KK, an!,, pm. a. other, .K@ a. au!a%tara,pm. a. either, .K@ a. an"%at , a. following, .@[ ap, f. pl. water, .@5. apa, prp. oft-, 4@7 aP 4@' b. apara, prn, a. other, .K@ c. api, pel. w. itr"., .4)P 4.@. api, prp. upon, 4@7 a. abhI, prp. towards, 8A aP 4@# a. abhI%tas, ,d". prp. around, 4@) a. %am, indcl. pt. in, .''. amb\, f. mother, .@7, _ D. 4. a!t to go, per. pf., I#5. &aya I. cs". sf., .)4P .)6P .)5O %a!a 4. den. sf., 4@5. a!i, ". pel., 4 I I. ar , to hOD our, .H5, 4 bP .)#, 4. artha, ob<ect, at end of cd., 2*9 e, K. ardha, prn, a. half, .K@ d. arh, to deser"e, 4H4 b. alam, ad", prp. enough, 4@) b. aA.paCprn. a.littleV op".G, I .6 dP .K@d. a"a, prp. down, 4@7 b. A"a%%graha, m. mar of elision of a, 7. a"a%!lg, m. (edic priest, )@, K, N. 4. a"am, prn. a. posterior, .K@ c. a"as, ad". prp. below, 4@) d. a"a , a. downward, .@H, D. A"!a!t%bh'."a, m. sd", ed., ,B, @.

I(a.

ashtan, dm. eight, ..'. %as, bases in, '4, N. IP )6. as I. to throw, aor., .54,K. as 4. to be, frreg. pre forms, I...., II, 4 T .7#P 4KK, I bP 4K....,II :. D"ig, I. blood, )@, K. uthi, Ie bone, ..@, K. asF, pm. base, .4.. ah, to sa!, pf., .6K, K. <han, n. da!, lO#, 4P at end of ed., u6,K,N. abDn, pm., I, .4.P unaeeented forms of, 445. ahar, n. da!, 64, f. I. ahar%ahaA, ad". da! b! da!, .@K, 4. ahar%gana,m.numberofda!s, .@K,4. abaha, i<., 4D. abo, i<., 4... aho%rAtr,, m. da! and night, .@K, 4.
%A, bases in, .@7P radical %A, lO#. f/ I. prp. near, a@7 aP 4@#P F@' b. ! 4. pcl., 4.@. , K. iT., 4... Atman, m. soul, .@4P self, .45, 4. Atmane%padA, n. middle "oice, .K.. !&;I&ya, grd. T prp. with, 4H@ b. Adi, m. beginning, at end of cd., 4.) :,H. i.d!a, a. first, 4.) c, :I. %ana I. ip". <f., .H4, N. H% %ana 4. Atm. pt. af., I#HP .'#. ap, to obtain, pf., .H5, F aP des., Ig#,4. , a%rabh%!a,grd. % prp. beginning from, 4@)c. Ar!A, f. a metre, App. IT, II *. am, f. blessing, )#, D. K. '.#, to sit down, pf., I#5.P 4K7. A%saitta, pf. pt. pe. attached to, 4KH, s,

%i, bases in, .@)P ..@. i, to go, .K#, IP .5'P .5)P .7@P .7#,4. I, w. Orf. adhi, to read, IM-C II, K P .)H /cs".G. i ha, f. wish, w. inf., 4H4 a. itara, Om. a. other, .K@ a.

INDEL. Vti, pel. thus, 4.@P 447, NrP 4#E, N. 4. ittham, ad". thu, 4K6, D. 4. idam, pm, this, .4KP 445 *. Oin, bases in, F4, D. IP )). Iudra%"agri., f. a metre, App. II, I *, I a. IndrFda!ah, IDdra and the others, 2*9 :,H. indh, to indle, .HH, (II, I. f!at, a. '@ much, )#, N. 4. i"a, encl. pol, li e, 8*4. ish, to wish, .HH, (I, 4P %.H5, KP .6@P 4H. b. %is, bases in, )6. %., bases in, I I I. to praise, .HH, n, H. %.!as, cp". bases in, .@@. .rsh!, to en"!, 4K. A, 4. .5, to rule, I[f., II, ... i 4KK, I a.

%rt, bases in, I I 4P In D". cds., 4.7 b. N, to go, .K)P lct I, 4P .)H. ri#, to obtain, .H5, 4 b . ,,F,ad".prp.Fthout, 4@)F
rit"0ig, m. priest, )@, K. Aa, nm. one, II 7P .K@ b P TT ari., Iu K. e a%tama, pm. a. one /of man!G, .K@ <. e a%tara, pm. a. either, .K@ b. etad, demo pm. this, I4 6, 4 i u5 *. edh, to grow, .66, N. enad /enol.G, pm., H#, #. e"a, pel. <D'F, 4.@P 445P 4K6, N.K. e"am, pel. thus, 4.@P 4#6, N. 4. esha, m. demo pm, ihis, #andhi of, 6H% 0ai,
%@,

ia,

%au, bases -in,

..K.

%u, bases In, log. u h, to be pleseed, I.H.5, K. u$$&, des. of, -.)', 4. nt%tara, pm. a. subse;uent, .K@ c. lid, prp. up, 4@7 h. ud%l , a. upward, .@H% . ua%atta, acute accent, I#. ud%dis!a, prp. grd. towards, 4.@P 4H@b+ + und, to wet, .K)P I##, IP .'5, I, N.P .)#, 4. . upa, prp. upon, 4@7 ,P 4@' a and c. BpagAti, f. a.metre, App. II, I *, I c. D pa%dhmln.!a, m. labial sibilant, p. 2 /tableG. upari, ad". prp. abo"e, 4@) a. upanab, f. shoe, 94t K c. Dpendra"ll.gra, f. a metre, App. II,

. aF added to *". cds. 'in %rt, %t, %m, 4.) d. a llbh, f. region, -#). a it, itr". pel. %nonne, 4.o. a%tama, pm. a. whidh Of man!.K@ a. a%tara, pre a. whidh of two K .K@ a. ati, itr". a. how man!-E u#, D. ati%pa!a, pro a. some, ,@8 d O anishtha, sp". of alpa, tittle, I I#. ant!as, ep". of alps, ..6. am, to lo"e, .HH, I, 5P aor., i5H. :artrf, _ of artrl, ma er, In, D. H. 1arma%dhAra!a, m. descripti"e cd., u% it, some- YIe llTiindef. art., 22 K. Ant,, a. belo"ed, .@7. lmam, ad"., 4.@. im, itr". Orn .. Ii6-*P 4.@. im%u, im%uta, im plDl'A, how much more- 4.@. i!at, a, how mueh E D. 4. :fla, pel.T%;uidem, no. ut, to se"er, .H@, K. 1Dru, %.., a 1uru, -.@), N. 4. Dala,- <. s ilful, 4KH, n, to ma e, .K#, 6P .HH, (III P .HX, IP .H#-P .64P '*'55'5' )H .6)H .6', I P .76,-KP .7'P I#oP .'5, 4P I#7P I##P ,.).P -.)4P .)5P -.))P 4@4P 4@[P to ta e, '2"4t nd.
2*

sr.,

6.

I *, lb. ubha!a, pmP a, -both, ,@8 b. ubha!a.tas, ad". on both sides, 4@)a.
uro%ga, a. produced D shnih, f. a metre, FH, . %DI, bases in, )6. %tJ, bases in, III.

)'.

4.H,,5.

on the breast,
<.

n ..

,,r#, f. strt-Dgtb, go, K. llrdhdm, ,d". prp. after, 4@) c,

18$
rit, to cutP .HH, (I, I. J ri%ta, pf. pt. done, .@., N. 4. riD%"at, Of. pt. act. .@ A, N. 4P .'5, 8H, I. k"t, to sca.tterC .K5C 2 P-.62, KP .6H,). ritC to praise, .K5,H%
rite, prp. ad". for the 'fJ e of, 4@) d. rishna, den, to beha.-F0li et1rishna,
4, N.

gc#, f. cow, at end of oda., 4I 6, 4. granth, to tie, I# I, H. grab, to sei2e, .c IL, 4P .6., 4P .-6', D.H C.76, 7P .))P 4KHt II d.
grama%pripta, Tp. od. ha"ing reached the "illage, 4 IHt I. ill, .'4,

lip, .H5, I. e"aiam, ad", merel!, 4.@. ram, to step, .c I, I. rl, to bu!, .K',5P .HKP .6Ht 7P .'4. rDn , m. curlew, )@, I, 0N. r5aam, ace, of distance, 44', 4. $ros&tri, 0m. <ac al, ..4, N. K. "a, itr". where- 4.@. ship, to throw, .6', irreg., IP .'@P 4KH, II c. sh.ra.s!-, den. .to long for mil , 4@5,H0 ahudra,. a. mean, op", of, I ?6. han, to dig, ...,@,KP .6*,KP .') b. haIu, pel. indeed, 4.@. hid, to "e+, .HH, =I. I. h!A, to tell, .54. .76,6P

ghas, to eat, .6., K. gbnat, pro pt. of han, to ghra.P to smell, .HH, I,

a.

D.

a, c<. ana, 4.@P 445. lca AF to shine, )6, II T *a II, E P .66, K. attir, nm. four, IIi. % ana, indef. sf., .4). am, w. prf. A, to sip, *a I, I. ar, to mo"e, .'). aTaItl.,, prn, a. last, I .Fo d. lei, to collect, .6K, lP .76, 4. .ci lrb, a. desirous of doing, )@- n. % it, indef. sf., l4). it, to thin , .7-., I H .'7, nr, , itra%l. h, m. ,painter, ''. leur, to steal, .K5,HP .5', 4P I#o, N.P .'K, 4P .''P .).. eF, pel. if, 4.@%P 4H' b.

$an,, m.- metrical foot, App. II, II *. $ana%lc handah., n, foot metre, App. n,II*. gandha, m. smell, at end of od., 4.) b. -gam, to go, 7HP .H@, KA .c I, 4P .6*,KP .')cP .)2, D.H .))P 4@H,
4P 44', I, N. gart!as, cp". of gurD, hea"!, .@@.P .@6, I and %K. gari!a'., f., .@6, H. ga"!a, den. to wi#h for cows, 4@5,

ga sh, to Ft, -.HH, n, IP .HH, IT, 6. $agatt, f. a (edic metre, App. II, I.*,4. sagan.I"as, pt. pi. F of gam, to go,
#aghni%"as, Of. pt. act. of han, to ill, .@., D. I. gan, to be born, .HH, I(, KP .6.,KP .55P -.76, 6P .'., 4. #ana, m. people,at end ofed., 44Ha. sap, to recite, 4d6. gala%mAtraro, n. water alone, u)c, fl. sala%mulc, m. cloud, )@, I. #a#ri, to wa e, 64, f. n.P .HH, TI, 6 P .65, 2 er. gAt!A, b! birth, /*38, 9. gi, to con;uer, .6K, IP -1tH8, 4P .'5P .'7, I, II, InP .') aP .)HP .))0 $ih"A%mtJlt!a, m. guttural sibilant, p. 4 /tableG. .

sagmi%"as, pf. pt. act. of gam, -.@., N. I.

.@.,

N. I.

n *. girt f. "oice, 56P )4, K. $umt,4@. gnp, to protect, ')P .HH, I, -5. guh, to hide, .HH, I, IH .5@, 4P a. hiding, )K. gai, to sing, .5', -.P .76, IP .'7,
$Itha, f. a metre, App. IT, lIT,
I.

a,

I.

18%

INDEL. t",C, pm ... other, .K@ a. t"F, f. s in, )@, I. t"=, pro. base, thou, .4.. t"am, pm. thou, .4.P unaccented forms of, 445. %t"l, grd. sf., .''P 4H@. da shi=, pm. a. right, south, .K@ c. d, shinena, ,d". 4KK, I( b. dadhi, n. curds, .I@, K. dadhrish, a. bold, )H, 4. dam, to tame, .HH, I(, I. Dama!ant!%artham, *". ed., 4.) c,K. dambh, to decei"e, .6., H% da! I. to p-it!, I#5, I. da! 4. to gCi"e, 4KK, I a. ;ari;r<, to be poorP IHHA II, 6. dal, to cut, .K5, H. dua% umArt, f. D". ed., 4.6, 4. dah, to burn, 7)P .6',HP .'@P 4@6, I. dA, to gi"e, .HH, nI, IP .6', irreg., 4P .5K P .'., I P .'7, I and III, . P .)KP to ta e, 4KH, IT ;. d\man, f. rope, .@6,H. di" I. to pla!, 56P .K5, K. di" 4. f. s !, .>5, 4. dis, to show, .5@, IH f. region,. )H. I a. disht!a, sd"., 4I.. dlh, to anoint, .5@,6. dtp, to shine, .55. dtrgh]A!us, a. long%li"ed, )6. dO*Gprp. ill, 4@7 b. dub, to mil , 55P 5), D.H .5@,HP .))P m. mil er, 5@P a., )H. K a. dtJram, ,d". far, FKK, I(a. , %dnC sha, &;ri%a, %dm, pm. sf., .4 7. dri8, to see, ..fH, I, #P .6', irreg., K P .54, 4P .5',4P .'.,III, KP .).P ~45, KP bases from, )H, I Pa. dri, to tear, .HH, IL, I. De"a%datta, m. Tp. od., 4.H, a. de"a%dasa, m. F. cd., 4.4. De"a%nAgar., character, 4P KP let% ters, p. 4 /tableGP classification of, -60 de"eg, m. worshipper of the gods, )@,K, N. I. desa,F. countr!, 44H c. desuntaram, n, *". ed. another countr!, 4.) @, ,.

gt", to li"e, .6@. g."a%nu, a. lite%destro!ing, )H, I b. ?a#'Ga, cs". of gia., to now, .55. glia, to now, .HH, IL, 4P .)H P 44), I. giana%"at, a. possessing nowledge, )'O g!a, to grow wea , .HH, IL, 4.

d(m8, to bite, .c, I, H%

%ta, pf. ps, pt. sf., .'5. ta sh, a. paring, )K.

ta shan, m. carpenter,

tatasC ad". then, 8*4. Dti, a. '@ man!, .4', N. tat%para, <. intent on, 4K., n a. Tat%purusba, dependent od., 4.H. Dthaa ad". thus, 4.@P 4K6, N. 4. Dd, ad"., 4.@P pm., .46P 445 *. tan, to stretch, .K', 6P .6., IP .6H, KP .'K, 4P I'#0

.@4.

tantrt, f. lute, I I I, H. tam, to languish, .HH, I(, I. tari, f. boat, . . I, H. %D"!a, ft. pt. p'. sf., .'7P 4K). %tas, ad". in, 4KK, I( b. tasthi"=, pf. pt. act. of sthA, to stand, .@., N. I. tl"at, ad". so long, 4.@. tiras, prp. ad". acrossC F@) a. tir!%a , <. tortuous, .@H. tu, c<. but, 4.@. tud, to stri e, .K5, 4 T A S9& A )'. %tum, info sf., .).. tul,a, a. e;ual, 4KK, II b. tush, to be satisfied, @8, II *, c. trina%basta, *". cd. ha.in? grass in one-s hand, 4.) a. tnpra, a. hast!, cp". of, lI#. tnn, to ill, .HH, (II, 4. tri, to cross, .H5, IP .6., I, D.H .'). %t!a, grd. sf., .''P 4H@. t!ad, pm. tha,t, .46, A I. tra!a, a. threefold, .K@ d. tri, DID. three, ..7. trita!a, a. threefold, .K@ d. tri%bhu"anam, I. D". cd., 4.6, F. tri%Iold, f. the three worlds, D". ed.,
4.#,4.

Trishtubh,

I *,

f. a (edic metre, AIpp. II,

I +.

INDEL. do, to cut, cs". oF .)K. dc#s, m. /n.G arm, )6, II. d!u, f. s !, .@5, 4. d!5, f. s !, ..K, D.
DD,

18&

draahtu% ama, a., 4H4 e. dru, to run, .H'P .5H% Druta%"ilambita, n, a metre, App. II, I *, 2 b. drub, to hate, bases from, )H, K b. D"and"a, copulati"e cd., 4.5. d"lr, f. door, )4, K.
d"F..,- a. twofold, ,@8 ;. ;.f, IIl. two, ..7. D"igu, numerioal eds., 4 I 6, 4. d"fta!a, a. twofold, .K@d. d"i%ratm, m. Dg. cd., 4.6, 4. d"ish, to hate, 55P 7@ i .H4, D. 5 P ..KP a. hating, )K. dhanfn, a. rich, ))P .@6, I and KP DH0 dhaniDt, f. rioh, .@6,H. dh,nD*, n. bow, 4.) b. dha, to place, ICf.H, III, IP .6H, 4 P .6', irreg., 4P .5K. dhi.tn, m. pro"idence, ..4. dhan!urtha, m. Tp. ed., 4.H, 4. %dhi, ip". sf., .H4, n, H. dhi , i<. fie, 4 I I. dhF f. thought, I I I. dhlir, f. !o e, 56. dhn, to sha e, .H@, 4P JEf., (, KP .HH, IL, IP .)H% dhnp, to warm, ...f.H, I, 5. dbri, to hold, .6H, .@. dbrish, to dare, bases from, )H, 4. dhma, to blow, .HH, I, 6.

nIma, pel.,

to destro!, bases from, "!, I b H .54,H0 nab, to bind, bases from, 7), OO P EG%i%, K@P .K5, KP .7.....
4.@.

%dh"am or %dh"am, 4. pl. aor. af., .6', irreg., 6. dh"as, to fall, ba'elf from, )6, N. I
(O ++ 4G. %n-, pf. ps. pt. s_, .'5. f. ri"er,

n. name, .@4. nf, prp. into, 4@7 b. nibsbl, prp. ad"., 4@) .. niga, refle+. a. own, .45, K. nint"as, pf, pt. act., .@., N. I. nipuna, a. cle"er, 4KH, II .. nir%ma shi am, ad". @@., 2*6. K. nis, prp. without, 8A b. nt, to lead, .6@, 4P .64, IP .6H, 5P I#'P I#oP .)4. nlt"r, grd. F prp. with, !8 b. nt..tt!gg"ala%"apu , *". ed., 4 I ', N. FtpaIam, no 1. @@., 4.6, 4P 4.'. ntlotpaIa%saras%ttra, *", ed., 4.', OO nu, itr". pcl., 4.@. nud, to push, .'5, I, N. nll, to praise, .K5, 4, nri, m. man, ID, N. 4. n=ishtha, nedi!as, #&!. and cp". of anti , near, *A #. n5ma, Om, a. half, .K@ b. nau, f. ship, II K T 4.6, 4. n!%?t, a. low, .@H. pa , to coo , l#I, . P .)'. pai a%ga"a, n, Dg. ed., u#, 4. pai a%gu, a, Dg. ed., 4.6, 4. O'n:an, nm. fi"e, J .'. pandita, a. Iesmed, 4KH, II a. pat, to fall, .54,HP .'5P .))P 8B, . pati, m. lord, ..@. patbDl, m. path, .@K. &ada, n. middle base, 'K. para, prn, a. subse;uent, .K@ c. param, ad". prp. after, 4@) c. paramaAU.a, Ill. the highest da!,
W

n\m.an,

Da, neg. pel.

na;f,
Dam,

not,

na%nu,

itr". pel., 4.@. naptri, m. grandson, I .4.

4.@. I I I.

to bend, .') c. N ala, commonest form of '.@b in, App. II,I A.

&arasmai,.pada, n. act. "oice, .K.. parasmai%paYia, I. Tp, @@., 4.H, N. para, prp. bac , 8A b. pan, prp, round, 4@7 aP 88 aP 88 b. pari%"rrg, Ill. mendicant, )@, K, N. I. pama%%dh"a., a., )6, N. I. pa' lt,ad".prp.aFr, 2og~ O< A. to drin , .HH. I, KP .76, IP .)@.

4.6, N.

nmn.
.)7P 4@.,P 843& 4KK, I b%I w. pd. prs, to be master of, 4KK, I a. bhri, to bear, .H' T .65, a bP b&ri##, a. roasting, go, K, N. I.

.')

7hdll# "., 66% bhrams, to fall, I.cf.H, I(, K. bhragg, to fr!, IF (I, KP b2e) from, )@, K, 'If. I. bhrsm, to wander, .HH, I(, I. bhrag, to shine, )@, K, ... I. bhranti, f. error,instr. of, 4K@, .,4 D. %mat, a. sf., )'.

mridu, a. soft, Aog. medh'."in, a. wise, .@6, I and K. medha"int, f., .@6, 4& .mn'., to stud!, .HH, I, 6.

i H'
I

%!a %!a

I. 4.

ft. pi.,#. sf., .'7P FK). grd. s .,.''P 4H@. tIF(5 sf., K@..

=apdheshu, in =agadha,

4KC :..

,mati, f. thought, .@), N. I. rnatimAn, m. wise, cp". aud lI#0

Ip(. F

I*, 6 b. mahat, a. great, )7C N. T 4 I #, K, O. maba%rAga, m, ing, 4.6, D. mit, prohibiti"e pel., .K)P 4..,6, If. ma, to measure, .HH, III, 4. matC%pitarau, D". ed., 4.7 b. mAtC, f. mother, ID, N.I. matr<, n. measure, 2I )@, f<P 4K6, D.a. mitrA, f. mora, App. II, Introd, =atrl%=andas, n, metre measured b! morae, App. n,lI A. %mana, pt. sf., .'..,. ll'.lin., f. a metre, App. II, I *, H. mDsam, ace. of duration, for a 'Y,th, mAsma, prohibiti"e pel., 4H6, D. ,=itd%"arun,>., D". ed., 4.7 c. misray<, den. to mi+, 4@5, K. mi, to -J(al , .K5, H. mu t"D, grd.cIprp. e+cept, 4H@ b. md, to l-elF, .HH, (I, IH .55P 4KHA II c. muh, to confound, basea from, )H, K b. mtihus, ad", often, 4.@. mri, to die, .K5, I. P .)', .P 4@#, K. mrig, F cleanse, .c I, IP .HH,D, 7 aP basel from, gol a, O. I.
44', 4.

mad, to re<oice,IHH, I(, I. %man, bases in, .@4. J man, to thin , .6', irreg., IP I*). manth, to churn, .HH,.,HP .HH, IL, a. =and, rantA, f. a meire, App. II,

.76,7P .'K,4P basesfrom,)>,,K,N.I. %!at, prn, sf., .4'. !atas, ad"., "*1. !ati, a. as man!, .4', N. !atha, c<. ,s, 4.@. !ath'.0M ti, ad". od., us, K. !ad, relat., .46 :P c<., 2*1.

!ah as it # I.del. pm.whoe"er, .4). !ag, to sacrifice, 7. P .6., 4P .6H, HP

!adl%%tFa,

!am, to restrain, .HH, I, 4. %!as, cp". bases in, '4, D. A. .a, to go, .H4, N. 5P .6)P 44', I, N. !ai, F as , 44), 4. !l"at, c<. while, 4.@P ad"., 2..f.45 a a, !\"at%%ti"at, 444. !u, to <oin, .HH, ..,7 bP %.64, 4P .6H, !ug, to <oin, .K', KP to be fit, 4KH,. bi 4HK. !D"an, m. !oung, .@K, H. !.lpa0dAru, n, Tp. od., 4.H, K. !o !a , etc., indef. pm., .4).
1".

!,Hi,

c<. if, 4H' b.

when%then,

au.

ran#, to tFeA

.,HP ..6, 5P w. Orf. anu, 2".LT., I b. 8athoddhatA, f. a metrel App. II, I *,I e. rsbh, to desire, .'., 4. rag, to shine, )@, K, N. I. dgan, m. ing, .@4P .@6, I and K P . 4.6, D.
Q

...-

ri,ga%purusha, m, ing-s m,an, Tp. ed., 4.H, 6. ragapurusha% ar!a, I. Tp.cd., 4.', =. ragarshi, m. 1. od., 4.6, I. rFit, f. ;ueen, .@6,

FF

J f. ni?ht, .@K, f. .G.P 4.6. KP-

1.A
Fam<ya2, 76, D. ri, to go, .K5, 4. ri , f. ligbt, )@, I. ri#, _ disease, go, K. rod, to weep, .HH, II,

INDEL.
D. water, )4, K. . "lri, D. water, .@), N. I. .i, prp. apart, 4@7 b. "id, to now, .H4, N. 5P .HH, IT, )P .65, II aP .)4P 4@KP w. Orf. ni, cs". to tell, 4K. A, I a. "id, to find, .HH, (I, @H .'5, I, N.P ps. Tto be, 4KK, I b. (idebeshu, in (ideha, 44H c.

"\r,

rudh, to obstruct, 5)P .HK. rurud-5.sbi, f. pf. pt., .@6, H. rurud%"as, pf. pt., .@.P .@6, I and K. ruh, to grow, 7)P *9.oH *95O raf, m. wealth, I .K.
f. goddess of prosperit!, ...,H0 laghD, a. light, log, N. 4. labb, to ta e, 5)P .'7, III, KP .)HP ?a shmf, .))0 lash, w. prp. abhi, *H1 desire, 4KH, II b. lip, to paint, .HH, (I, I. , lib, to smear, 7)P .K', IP .5@, K. ..,to cling, .'5, I. Inp, to brea , .HH, (I, I. ItJ, to cutP .HH, IL, I H .6'P .'@P .'5.

I.

"id!l"at, a. posseeaed of nowledge, .@6, I, K. "id!\"att, f., .@6, H. "id.l"as, pf. pt. nowing, ..HP .'K, IK. "ina, ad". prp. without, 4@) a.

(irama,

m, a.

.''P .')P 44), 4. "anig, m. merchant, )1, K. %"at I. pm, st., .4'. %"at 4. pf. pt. sf., .@., N. 4P .'5,4, N.P 4K'. %"at K. pel. of comparison, 4 .@. 92* 4& a. sf.,)'. "ata, iT. alas, 4 I I. "adh, to ill, .'., 2 H .'7, fi, H. "adh\, f. woman, III. %"an, bases in, .@4.

(amsa%sthF, f. a mette, App. II, I *, 4 a. !a , to spea , .54, HP .5', 4P .76, *H

entering, )K. "i*"a, pm, a. all, .K@ b. "u"a%gndh, a. allFttracting, 5@. "is"aI...at,a. all%con;uering, 4.H, D. 2. "D"Cpl, a. all%protecting, .@'. "isba!a, m. countr!, 44H c. "ish"%a , a. all%per"ading, .@H% (isarga, m., 6P .7, 5P 4'P K@, HP KKP H)%6IKP App. II, introd. (tra%sena, me *". cd., 4.'. (C, to choose, .H'. 9+i*0to turn, des., .)'. ( riddbi, f., 4@. "ridh, to increase, .55. . "rlndAra a, a. beautiful, cp". or, I I

m., ..

6. 9~k02.D4*<ng0g%05. "ri, to choose, .HH. IL, I. "e, to wea"e, .7-6, '. . (aital.!a, D. a metre, App. TI, II A. "!adb,
to pierce, .K5, KP I%[f., I(, KP 4K@, I, 4, N. "!,gbra%buddh!a,
.6.,4.

I *, K. to carr!, 7)P l#I, "a, o<. or, noP 445.

!ah,

"arsha%bhog!a, Tp. cd., 4.H, I. to desire, .HH, II, '. .."as, bases in, '4, N. IP .'K T 4K'. "as, to dwell, 7'P .@., f. n. (asanta%tlla a, f. a metre, App. IT,
(B,

"a.ram%Da, better%than,

4.@.

"!e, to en"elope, .76, '. "raa , to cut, .HH, (I, K.

aa , to be able, .HH, (, 4 T .'7, III, HP .))P 4H. b. #a "ari, f. a (edie metre, App. H, )an:a.rB:!ry!h,Ol. of respect, 44H c. .ata, n. a hundred, **), D. b. .tad, to fall, es"., .)H. sabd,!a, den. to ma e a IOnnd, 4@5,K.
laID,

I *, K.

4.

"agmin, a. elo;uent, .@6, I, K. "aIgmint, f., .@6, H. "l , f. speech, go, I.

to cease, IHHt I(,

I.

IN DE? .aatra&O!*Ii, *". ed., 4.) a. ',rdtlla%"i rtdita, I. a metre, App. , II, I *, 5. . *alint, f. a metre, App. II, I *, I d O O ,s, to rule, instruct, I[f., II, 6P .54, KP .7 #, 'P 44), 4. 'i harin., f. a metre, App. II, I *,6 a. at, to lie, .HH, II, .@. m la% riahnau, Dr. ed., 4.7 a. O ui, to grie"e, 4@.. ri i, ... pure, .@)P ..H% C Idl!a, den. to become pure, 4@5, 4 b. ,u'lCu%"as,pf.pt. of 'rD,to hear,IoI ,N.I. .@, to sharpen, I cA I(, 4. t!ena!a, den., 4@5, 4 b. nanth, to become loose, .6.,H. '.-,..., to be wear!, .c, I(, I. to go, .64, IP .5H. ft-D, to hear, .HH, (, KP .H'P .76, 4. '.5@, m. epio metre, App. II, *A. O "an,m.dF,.@K, K. nas, to breathe, IcA II, IP w. Orf. "i, to confide in, 4K..., II b. l(i, to swell, .54.

.).

m,

a=ah, DID. si+, 7@P I I '. Ibtii", to spit, .HHA I, I. sa, @.. pm. this, he, 6HP 44K. #ams fit, sacred language, I. s, thi, n. thigh, no, K. sa hi, m. friend, no, 4P 4.6, D. sa htI.gana, m. sII pl. of sa. ht, 44H a. (aIi,g, to adhere, IcA I, H% sat, being, pre pt. of as, to be, .'4, If.H 4K6, N. I. ead, to sin , .HH, I, IP .)4. aa,d,.ua, a. e;ual, 4KK, II b. sadhr!a , a. accompan!ing, .@H. . #andlrl, m. rules of, .)%7). .am, prp. together, 4@7 b. sama /enel.G, pm, a. all, .K@ b. sama, a. e;ual, 4KK, II b. aama s=m, ad". prp. in the presence of, 8" d. sd", prp. together with, 219 dP 4K@, It I. aamartha, a. able, 4H4- a. aamid%!a, den., 8H, 8.I b, If.

aamam,

#ampruArana, n., .c, I(, K, f. n. P .6., 4P .76. 7. ',m!a , a. right, .@H. samr\g, m. so"ereign, )@, K, N. I. sar"a, pm, a. all, .K@ b. ',"ina!am, ad". od., 4.6, K. *ah, to bear, 7)P .'7, III, H. saba, ad". prp. together with, 8" bP 4K@, I, I. . sah,sra, n. thousand, I .' b+ dDm, ad", prp. with, 4K@, .,.. sAdhu, iT. well, 4 I I. sA.rdham, ad". prp. together with, 4@g bP 4K@, I, I. si , to sprin le, .HH, (I, I H .5.. ai;h, to succeed, .)H. sima, pm. a. all, .K@ b. su I. to s;uee2e out, .K', HP .HKP IcA (, I. au 4. prp. well, 4@7 b O su. riD, a. well%done, 1. cd., 4 I 6, K. su%g=, a. read! rec oner, )., 4. su%g!otis, a. well%lighted, )6. su%tlis, a. well%sounding, )6. au%pis, a. well%wal ing, 75, f. D.P )6. au%manu, a. ind, )6. su%dIg, a. well%<umping, 55. su%hfms, a. stri ing well, )6, II. . su%hrsd, a.friendl!, ') P m. friend, 4.'. an, to go, .H'. sri#, to create, .6', irreg., KP .'@P bases from, go, K, D. *. stu, to praise, .H'P .64, 4P I6FiK. stri, to spread, .64, IP .6.., II. str-, to co"er, IAfH., IL, IP .76, HP .'@P .'5, I. atrf, f. woman, I I I, If. sthA, to stand, .HH, I, KP .6', irreg., 4-P .5lP .)', IP 4K70 snih, to o"e, bNAe' from, )H, K bP w. pd. anu, 4KH, II b . snub, to spue, bases from, )...., K b. spri*, to touch, .6', irreg., KP bases from, )H, I a. sma, pcl., 4HH, I b, N. smri, to remember, .76,KP 4KK, I a. srams, to fall, bases from, )6, D. I. Sra?&;har!, f. a metre, App. II, I *, 7. ang, f. garland, )@, K.

1."
sru, to *ow, '.-li , f. ladle,

INDEL.

F han, at end of ods., .@K, 6 , hanta, i<. alas I 4I .. %=a, refle+. pm, own, I F5, K P .K@ c. I harit, a. green, '). . a"aig, to embrace, .HH, I, HP .6*,H. , has, to laugh, .H@, KP .'7, III, K . % s"ap, to sleep, .HHt n, I H .)). hastau, m. dual, the hands, 44,H.b. hastB%''(am, &!B, %aA, D". od., 4.l5. '"a!am, refle+. pm. self, .45, I. O hi I. to run awa!, .HH, Ill, 4. i"ar, .indcl. hea"en, 64, f. n. hi. 4. to lea"e, .c ill, 4. #"arita, m. rio circumfle+ accent, .'. = K. i<., 4II. s"arga%patita, a. Tp. ed., 4.H, N '"uri, f. sister, I D. %hi, ip". sf., .H4, )~ !s"asti, i<. hailK 4 I I. Ill, c<. for, 4.@. hims, to in<ure, .HHA (II, I. ha, pel., u5. hu, to aaerifioe, .K', 2 i .HK T .65, han, to ill,55P .HH, n, II P .6@, KP 4 bP .'4P .'H% .6.,KP .6., 6P .'., 4P .'7, III, .f.P hota%potArau, D". cd., 4.7 b. .') bP .)HP .))P 4@HC 4. hve, to call, 149; 162;

.H'.

go, I.

175, 8.